-
41 зажим под гайку
зажим под гайку
Зажим винтового типа, в котором проводник прижимают гайкой. Силу прижима могут прилагать непосредственно фасонной гайкой или через промежуточную деталь, например шайбу, прижимную пластину или устройство для самоотвинчивания.
[ ГОСТ Р 51324.1-2005]EN
stud terminal
terminal with screw clamping in which the conductor is clamped under a nut. The clamping pressure may be applied directly by a suitably shaped nut or through an intermediate part, such as a washer, clamping plate or anti-spread device
[IEC 60669-1, ed. 3.0 (1998-02)]
stud terminal
a screw-type terminal in which the conductor is clamped under a nut
NOTE – The clamping pressure can be applied directly by a suitably shaped nut or through an intermediate part, such as a washer, a clamping plate or an anti-spread device.
[IEV number 442-06-23]FR
borne à goujon fileté
organe de serrage à vis dans lequel l'âme d'un conducteur est serrée sous un écrou. La pression de serrage peut être appliquée directement par un écrou de forme appropriée ou au moyen d'une partie intermédiaire, telle qu'une rondelle, une plaquette ou un dispositif empêchant le conducteur ou ses brins de s'échapper
[IEC 60669-1, ed. 3.0 (1998-02)]
borne à goujon fileté
borne à vis dans laquelle l'âme d'un conducteur est serrée sous un écrou
NOTE – La pression de serrage peut être appliquée directement par un écrou de forme appropriée ou au moyen d'une partie intermédiaire, tel qu'une rondelle, une plaquette ou un dispositif empêchant le conducteur ou ses brins de s'échapper.
[IEV number 442-06-23]Тематики
- вывод, зажим электрический
EN
DE
FR
3.8 зажим под гайку (stud terminal): Зажим винтового типа, в котором проводник прижимают гайкой. Силу прижима могут прилагать непосредственно фасонной гайкой или через промежуточную деталь, например шайбу, прижимную пластину или устройство для самоотвинчивания.
Примечание - Пример болтового зажима приведен на рисунке А.2 (см. приложение А).
Источник: ГОСТ Р 51324.1-2005: Выключатели для бытовых и аналогичных стационарных электрических установок. Часть 1. Общие требования и методы испытаний оригинал документа
Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > зажим под гайку
-
42 isimu
------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] isimu[English Word] linguistics[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9[Derived Language] Arabic[Terminology] linguistics------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] isimu ya lugha[English Word] linguistics[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9[Derived Language] Arabic------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] isimu jamii[English Word] social linguistics[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9[Derived Language] Arabic[Related Words] jamii[Terminology] linguistics------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] isimu matumizi[English Word] applied linguistics[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9[Derived Language] Arabic[Related Words] matumizi[Terminology] linguistics------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] isimu[Swahili Plural] isimu[English Word] essence[English Plural] essences[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9/10[Derived Language] Arabic------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] isimu[Swahili Plural] isimu[English Word] character[English Plural] characters[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9/10[Derived Language] Arabic------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] isimu[Swahili Plural] isimu[English Word] person[English Plural] people[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9/10[Derived Language] Arabic[Swahili Example] isimu ya mtu[English Example] each person------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] isimu ya mtu[English Word] everyone[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9/10an[Derived Language] Arabic[Related Words] mtu------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] isimu ya mtu[English Word] each person[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9/10an[Derived Language] Arabic[Related Words] mtu------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] isimu[Swahili Plural] isimu[English Word] name[English Plural] names[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9/10[Derived Language] Arabic------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] isimu[Swahili Plural] isimu[English Word] subject[English Plural] subjects[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 9/10[Derived Language] Arabic[Terminology] grammar[Note] rare------------------------------------------------------------ -
43 kipaji
------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kipaji[Swahili Plural] vipaji[English Word] ability[English Plural] abilities[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] -pa------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kipaji[Swahili Plural] vipaji[English Word] talent[English Plural] talents[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] -pa[Swahili Example] ana kipaji cha lugha[English Example] he has a talent for languages------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kipaji[Swahili Plural] vipaji[English Word] natural talent[English Plural] natural talents[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] -pa------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kipaji[Swahili Plural] vipaji[English Word] endowment[English Plural] endowments[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] -pa------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kipaji[Swahili Plural] vipaji[English Word] gift[English Plural] gifts[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] -pa------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kipaji[Swahili Plural] vipaji[English Word] present[English Plural] presents[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] -pa------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kipaji[Swahili Plural] vipaji[English Word] donation[English Plural] donations[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] -pa------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kipaji[Swahili Plural] vipaji[English Word] forehead[English Plural] foreheads[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] paji[Swahili Example] waliuona msirimbi wa kipaji cha uso wake ukiumka [Sul][English Example] they saw the wrinkles on her forehead rise up[Terminology] anatomy------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kipaji[Swahili Plural] vipaji[English Word] brow[English Plural] brows[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] paji[Swahili Example] kipaji kimepiga peto [Sul][English Example] his brow furrowed[Terminology] anatomy------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kipaji[Swahili Plural] vipaji[English Word] temple[English Plural] temples[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] paji[Terminology] anatomy------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] kipaji[Swahili Plural] vipaji[English Word] cosmetic or beauty patch applied to the forehead or temple[English Plural] patches[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 7/8[Derived Language] Swahili[Derived Word] paji------------------------------------------------------------ -
44 poner
v.1 to put.Ella puso el mantel She set the tablecloth.Ella puso su mejor esfuerzo She exerted her best effort.2 to give, to set (asignar) (tarea, examen).le pusieron Mario they called him Mariole pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam3 to switch or put on (conectar) (televisión, radio).4 to send (comunicar) (telegrama, fax).¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him? (peninsular Spanish)5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).¿qué ponen en la tele? what's on the telly?6 to set up.ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shopponer la mesa to lay the table7 to do up.han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style8 to put in.poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the businessponer algo de mi/tu/etc. parte to do my/your/etc bitponer mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) somethingPonga más sal Put in more salt.9 to suppose.pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happenedpon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five daysponiendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan10 to say (decir). (peninsular Spanish)¿qué pone ahí? what does it say?11 to lay (eggs) (ave).12 to make, to render, to turn, to get.13 to apply, to put on.Ella puso desinfectante She applied disinfectant.14 to lay eggs, to lay.La gallina puso The hen laid eggs.15 to say about.* * *Present Indicativepongo, pones, pone, ponemos, ponéis, ponen.Past IndicativeFuture IndicativeConditionalPresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperativePast Participlepuesto,-a.* * *verb1) to put2) place3) set4) set up, establish5) add6) switch on, put on7) lay8) install•- ponerse* * *Para las expresiones poner cuidado, poner en duda, poner por las nubes, poner a parir, poner como un trapo, poner verde, poner de vuelta y media, poner por testigo, ponerse por delante, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) (=colocar, situar) to put¿dónde pongo mis cosas? — where shall I put my things?
ponle un poco de mantequilla y verás qué bueno — put some butter in it and you'll see how good it is
•
poner algo [aparte] — to put sth aside, put sth to one side•
ponlo en su [sitio] — put it back2) [+ ropa, calzado] to put on3) (=añadir) to addponle más sal — add some salt, put some more salt in it
4) (=aplicar, administrar) to put5) (=disponer, preparar)•
poner la [mesa] — to lay {o} set the table6) (=instalar)a) [+ teléfono, calefacción] to put inb) [+ tienda] to open; [+ casa] to furnish7) (=exponer)ponlo al sol — leave {o} put it out in the sun
8) (=hacer funcionar) [+ radio, televisión, calefacción] to put on, turn on; [+ disco] to put on, play¿pongo música? — shall I put some music on?
9) (=ajustar) [+ despertador] to set•
poner el reloj [en hora] — to put one's watch right•
ponlo [más alto] — turn it up10) (=adoptar)¿por qué pones esa voz tan tonta? — why are you speaking in that silly voice?
•
¡no pongas esa [cara]! — don't look at me like that!11) (=volver) + adj, adv to makepara no ponerle de mal humor — so as not to make him cross, so as not to put him in a bad mood
¡cómo te han puesto! — (=te han manchado) look what a mess you are!; (=te han pegado) they've given you a right thumping!
12) (=servir)¿qué te pongo? — what can I get you?, what would you like?
¿me pones más patatas? — could I have some more potatoes?
13) (=conectar por teléfono) to put through¿me pone con el Sr. García, por favor? — could you put me through to Mr García, please?
14) (=exhibir)¿qué ponen en el cine? — what's on at the cinema?
¿ponen alguna película esta noche? — is there a film on tonight?
15) (=enviar) to send16) (=escribir) to put¿qué pongo en la carta? — what shall I put in the letter?
¿te has acordado de poner el remite? — did you remember to put the return address on it?
17) (=decir, estar escrito) to say¿qué pone aquí? — what does it say here?
18) (=imponer) [+ examen, trabajo] to give, setnos pone mucho trabajo — he gives {o} sets us a lot of work
•
me han puesto una [multa] — I've been fined, I've been given a fine19) (=oponer) [+ inconvenientes] to raise•
le pone [peros] a todo — he's always finding fault with everything20) (=aportar, contribuir)[+ dinero]yo pongo el dinero pero ella escoge — I do the paying, but she does the choosing
21) (=invertir) to put in22) (=apostar)23) (=llamar) to call¿qué nombre {o} cómo le van a poner? — what are they going to call him?, what name are they giving him?
24) (=criticar, alabar)•
te puso muy [bien] ante el jefe — she was very nice about you to the boss•
¡[cómo] te han puesto! — (=te han criticado) they had a real go at you!; (=te han alabado) they were really nice about you!•
tu cuñada te ha puesto muy [mal] — your sister-in-law was very nasty about you25) (=tildar)•
poner a algn [de], la han puesto de idiota para arriba — they called her an idiot and worse26) (=suponer)•
pongamos [que] ganas la lotería — suppose {o} supposing you win the lotteryponiendo que... — supposing that...
27)• poner a algn [a] + infin —
nada más llegar nos pusieron a barrer — no sooner had we arrived than we were set to sweeping the floor
28)• poner a Juan [bien] con Pedro — to make things up between Juan and Pedro
•
poner a Juan [mal] con Pedro — to make Juan fall out with Pedro, cause a rift between Juan and Pedro29) [en trabajo]•
poner a algn [de], puso a su hija de sirvienta — she got her daughter a job as a servant30)31) [gallina] [+ huevos] to lay2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) [aves] to lay (eggs)2) (=apostar)3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) ( colocar) to putlo pusieron en el curso avanzado — he was put o placed in the advanced class
b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put2) ( agregar) to put¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?
¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?
3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?
4) <inyección/supositorio> to give5)poner la mesa — to lay o set the table
6)a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to openb) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to installc) cerradura/armario to fit8) (Esp) (servir, dar)¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?
póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please
¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?
9)a) ( contribuir)b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take11)b) ( oponer)no puso inconveniente — he didn't have o raise any objections
a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything
¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?
¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?
le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'
14) ( escribir) to put15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?
¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?
17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)19) ( adoptar) cara/voz20)a) ( hacer empezar)poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework
b)poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example
21) ( suponer)pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...
pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados — suppose o let's just say they're wrong
ponerle — (esp AmL)
¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours
22)a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put onpuso el motor en marcha — she switched on o started the engine
b) (ajustar, graduar)23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)en seguida le pongo — I'm just putting you through o connecting you
poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody
2.¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?
vi gallina to lay3.1) ponerse v pron2)a) (refl) ( colocarse)pongámonos a la sombra — let's sit (o lie etc) in the shade
ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees
ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree
se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)
se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head
b) (Esp) ( llegar)3) sol to set4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put onme puse el collar de perlas — I wore o put on my pearl necklace
5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!
6)a) ( empezar)ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf
se puso a llover — it started raining o started to rain
b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)
yo me pongo con cien — I'll put in o chip in a hundred
7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you
* * *= affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.Ex. Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.Ex. One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.Ex. If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.Ex. If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.Ex. By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.Ex. The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.Ex. In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.Ex. There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.Ex. The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.Ex. Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.Ex. The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.----* con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.* cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.* costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.* de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.* encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].* no poner en duda = be unquestioned.* poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.* poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.* poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.* poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.* poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.* poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.* poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.* poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.* poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.* poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.* poner a disposición = keep within + reach.* poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.* poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.* poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.* poner al alcance = bring within + reach.* poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.* poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.* poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.* poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.* poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.* poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.* poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.* poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.* poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.* poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.* poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.* poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.* poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.* poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.* poner al revés = upend.* poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.* poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.* poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.* poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.* poner a + Número = set to + Número.* poner aparte = set + apart.* poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.* poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.* poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.* poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.* poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.* poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.* poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.* poner carnada = bait.* poner cebo = bait.* poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.* poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.* poner delante de = lay before.* poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.* poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.* poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].* poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.* poner de pie = stand + upright.* poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.* poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.* poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.* poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.* poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.* poner el candado = padlock.* poner el centro de atención = put + focus.* poner el colofón final = bookend.* poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.* poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.* poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.* poner el énfasis = put + focus.* poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.* poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.* poner el precio = price.* poner el sello = stamp.* poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.* poner el sello de = rubber stamp.* poner empeño = strive.* poner en adobo = marinade.* poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.* poner en alquiler = rent out.* poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.* poner encima = top with.* poner en circulación = circulate.* poner en claro = clear up.* poner en cola = queue.* poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.* poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.* poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].* poner en cuarentena = quarantine.* poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.* poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.* poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.* poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.* poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.* poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.* poner en el haber de = credit.* poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.* poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.* poner en escena = stage.* poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.* poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.* poner énfasis = put + emphasis.* poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.* poner en forma = buff up.* poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.* poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).* poner en garantía = pawn.* poner en hielo = ice.* poner en juego = tap.* poner en la calle = evict.* poner en la pared = pin up.* poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.* poner en libertad = release from + jail.* poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.* poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.* poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.* poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.* poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.* poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.* poner en órbita = place into + orbit.* poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.* poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.* poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.* poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.* poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.* poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.* poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.* poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.* poner en préstamo = circulate.* poner en primer plano = foreground.* poner en relación = bring into + relationship.* poner en remojo = steep.* poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.* poner en riesgo = put at + risk.* poner en su sitio = put in + place.* poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.* poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.* poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.* poner entre corchetes = bracket.* poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.* poner entre paréntesis = bracket.* poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.* poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.* poner en venta = put on + sale.* poner esfuerzo = give + effort.* poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.* poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.* poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.* poner freno = curb.* poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.* poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.* poner guiones = hyphenate.* poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.* poner impuestos = impose + VAT.* poner la brida = bridle.* poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.* poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.* poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.* poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.* poner la fecha = date-stamp.* poner la mesa = lay + the table.* poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.* poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.* poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.* poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.* poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.* poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.* poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.* poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.* poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.* poner las esposas = handcuff.* poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.* ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.* ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.* ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.* ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.* ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.* poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.* poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.* poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.* poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.* poner más fuerte = crank up.* poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.* poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.* poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.* poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.* poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.* poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.* poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.* poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.* poner nervioso = rattle.* poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.* poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.* poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.* poner objeciones = object.* poner objeciones a = object to.* poner obstáculos = cramp.* poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.* poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.* poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.* poner parches = patch up, patch.* poner patas arriba = upend.* poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.* poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.* poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.* poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.* poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.* poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.* poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.* poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.* poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.* poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.* poner sal = salt.* ponerse = don, pull on, wax.* ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.* ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.* ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.* ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.* ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.* ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.* ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.* ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.* ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.* ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.* ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.* ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.* ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.* ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.* ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.* ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.* ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.* ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.* ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.* ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.* ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.* ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.* ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.* ponerse borroso = blur.* ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).* ponerse + Color = go + Color.* ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.* ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.* ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.* ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.* ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.* ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).* ponerse del lado de = side with.* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.* ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.* ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.* ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.* ponerse de parte de = side with.* ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.* ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.* ponerse de punta = stand out.* ponerse, el = donning, the.* ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.* ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.* ponerse en contacto = make + contact.* ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.* ponerse en contra de = turn against.* ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).* ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.* ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.* ponerse enfermo = get + sick.* ponerse en fila = line up.* ponerse en forma = get + fit.* ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.* ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.* ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.* ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).* ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.* ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.* ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.* ponerse en tensión = tense up.* ponerse firme = stand to + attention.* ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.* ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.* ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.* ponerse gallito = bluster.* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.* ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.* ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).* ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.* ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.* ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.* ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.* ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.* ponerse marrón = turn + brown.* ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).* ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.* ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.* ponerse rígido = stiffen.* ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.* ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.* ponerse seriamente a = settle to.* ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.* ponerse tibio = pig out (on).* ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.* poner sobre aviso = alert to.* poner término a = put + paid to.* poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.* poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.* poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.* poner trabas = cramp.* poner una bomba = plant + bomb.* poner una demanda = face + legal action.* poner una denuncia = file + police report.* poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.* poner una nota en un sitio público = post.* poner una reclamación = appeal.* poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.* poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.* poner una tienda = pitch + tent.* poner un círculo alrededor = circle.* poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.* poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.* poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).* poner un poquito de picante = pep up.* poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.* poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.* poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.* poner y quitar = get on and off.* pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.* pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....* por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.* por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.* precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.* precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.* que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.* que pone obstáculos = obstructive.* quita o pon = give or take.* sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.* sin poner en escena = unproduced.* sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.* sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.* sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.* sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).* volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.* ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) ( colocar) to putlo pusieron en el curso avanzado — he was put o placed in the advanced class
b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put2) ( agregar) to put¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?
¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?
3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?
4) <inyección/supositorio> to give5)poner la mesa — to lay o set the table
6)a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to openb) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to installc) cerradura/armario to fit8) (Esp) (servir, dar)¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?
póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please
¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?
9)a) ( contribuir)b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take11)b) ( oponer)no puso inconveniente — he didn't have o raise any objections
a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything
¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?
¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?
le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'
14) ( escribir) to put15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?
¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?
17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)19) ( adoptar) cara/voz20)a) ( hacer empezar)poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework
b)poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example
21) ( suponer)pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...
pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados — suppose o let's just say they're wrong
ponerle — (esp AmL)
¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours
22)a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put onpuso el motor en marcha — she switched on o started the engine
b) (ajustar, graduar)23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)en seguida le pongo — I'm just putting you through o connecting you
poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody
2.¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?
vi gallina to lay3.1) ponerse v pron2)a) (refl) ( colocarse)pongámonos a la sombra — let's sit (o lie etc) in the shade
ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees
ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree
se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)
se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head
b) (Esp) ( llegar)3) sol to set4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put onme puse el collar de perlas — I wore o put on my pearl necklace
5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!
6)a) ( empezar)ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf
se puso a llover — it started raining o started to rain
b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)
yo me pongo con cien — I'll put in o chip in a hundred
7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you
* * *= affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.Ex: Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.
Ex: One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.Ex: If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.Ex: If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.Ex: By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.Ex: The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.Ex: In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.Ex: There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.Ex: The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.Ex: Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.Ex: The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.* con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.* cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.* costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.* de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.* encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].* no poner en duda = be unquestioned.* poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.* poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.* poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.* poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.* poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.* poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.* poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.* poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.* poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.* poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.* poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.* poner a disposición = keep within + reach.* poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.* poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.* poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.* poner al alcance = bring within + reach.* poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.* poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.* poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.* poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.* poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.* poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.* poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.* poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.* poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.* poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.* poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.* poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.* poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.* poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.* poner al revés = upend.* poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.* poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.* poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.* poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.* poner a + Número = set to + Número.* poner aparte = set + apart.* poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.* poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.* poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.* poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.* poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.* poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.* poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.* poner carnada = bait.* poner cebo = bait.* poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.* poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.* poner delante de = lay before.* poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.* poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.* poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].* poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.* poner de pie = stand + upright.* poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.* poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.* poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.* poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.* poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.* poner el candado = padlock.* poner el centro de atención = put + focus.* poner el colofón final = bookend.* poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.* poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.* poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.* poner el énfasis = put + focus.* poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.* poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.* poner el precio = price.* poner el sello = stamp.* poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.* poner el sello de = rubber stamp.* poner empeño = strive.* poner en adobo = marinade.* poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.* poner en alquiler = rent out.* poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.* poner encima = top with.* poner en circulación = circulate.* poner en claro = clear up.* poner en cola = queue.* poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.* poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.* poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].* poner en cuarentena = quarantine.* poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.* poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.* poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.* poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.* poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.* poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.* poner en el haber de = credit.* poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.* poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.* poner en escena = stage.* poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.* poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.* poner énfasis = put + emphasis.* poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.* poner en forma = buff up.* poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.* poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).* poner en garantía = pawn.* poner en hielo = ice.* poner en juego = tap.* poner en la calle = evict.* poner en la pared = pin up.* poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.* poner en libertad = release from + jail.* poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.* poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.* poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.* poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.* poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.* poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.* poner en órbita = place into + orbit.* poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.* poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.* poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.* poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.* poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.* poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.* poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.* poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.* poner en préstamo = circulate.* poner en primer plano = foreground.* poner en relación = bring into + relationship.* poner en remojo = steep.* poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.* poner en riesgo = put at + risk.* poner en su sitio = put in + place.* poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.* poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.* poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.* poner entre corchetes = bracket.* poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.* poner entre paréntesis = bracket.* poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.* poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.* poner en venta = put on + sale.* poner esfuerzo = give + effort.* poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.* poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.* poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.* poner freno = curb.* poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.* poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.* poner guiones = hyphenate.* poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.* poner impuestos = impose + VAT.* poner la brida = bridle.* poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.* poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.* poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.* poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.* poner la fecha = date-stamp.* poner la mesa = lay + the table.* poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.* poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.* poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.* poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.* poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.* poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.* poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.* poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.* poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.* poner las esposas = handcuff.* poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.* ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.* ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.* ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.* ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.* ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.* poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.* poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.* poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.* poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.* poner más fuerte = crank up.* poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.* poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.* poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.* poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.* poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.* poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.* poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.* poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.* poner nervioso = rattle.* poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.* poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.* poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.* poner objeciones = object.* poner objeciones a = object to.* poner obstáculos = cramp.* poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.* poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.* poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.* poner parches = patch up, patch.* poner patas arriba = upend.* poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.* poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.* poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.* poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.* poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.* poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.* poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.* poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.* poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.* poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.* poner sal = salt.* ponerse = don, pull on, wax.* ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.* ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.* ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.* ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.* ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.* ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.* ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.* ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.* ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.* ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.* ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.* ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.* ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.* ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.* ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.* ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.* ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.* ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.* ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.* ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.* ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.* ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.* ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.* ponerse borroso = blur.* ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).* ponerse + Color = go + Color.* ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.* ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.* ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.* ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.* ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.* ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).* ponerse del lado de = side with.* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.* ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.* ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.* ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.* ponerse de parte de = side with.* ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.* ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.* ponerse de punta = stand out.* ponerse, el = donning, the.* ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.* ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.* ponerse en contacto = make + contact.* ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.* ponerse en contra de = turn against.* ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).* ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.* ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.* ponerse enfermo = get + sick.* ponerse en fila = line up.* ponerse en forma = get + fit.* ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.* ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.* ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.* ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).* ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.* ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.* ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.* ponerse en tensión = tense up.* ponerse firme = stand to + attention.* ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.* ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.* ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.* ponerse gallito = bluster.* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.* ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.* ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.* ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).* ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.* ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.* ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.* ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.* ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.* ponerse marrón = turn + brown.* ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).* ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.* ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.* ponerse rígido = stiffen.* ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.* ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.* ponerse seriamente a = settle to.* ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.* ponerse tibio = pig out (on).* ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.* poner sobre aviso = alert to.* poner término a = put + paid to.* poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.* poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.* poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.* poner trabas = cramp.* poner una bomba = plant + bomb.* poner una demanda = face + legal action.* poner una denuncia = file + police report.* poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.* poner una nota en un sitio público = post.* poner una reclamación = appeal.* poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.* poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.* poner una tienda = pitch + tent.* poner un círculo alrededor = circle.* poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.* poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.* poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).* poner un poquito de picante = pep up.* poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.* poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.* poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.* poner y quitar = get on and off.* pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.* pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....* por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.* por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.* precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.* precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.* que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.* que pone obstáculos = obstructive.* quita o pon = give or take.* sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.* sin poner en escena = unproduced.* sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.* sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.* sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.* sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).* volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.* ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.* * *■ poner (verbo transitivo)A1 colocar2 poner: anuncio, avisoB agregarC ropa, calzado etcD ‹inyección/supositorio›E poner la mesaF1 instalar, montar2 poner: cocina, teléfono etc3 poner: cerradura etcG poner: huevosH servir, darA1 contribuir2 proporcionarB poner: atención, cuidadoC1 imponer2 oponer3 adjudicarD poner: nombreE enviarF escribirG1 expresar por escrito2 impersonalH exhibir, darI tardarA en un estado, una situaciónB poner: cara, voz, etcC1 hacer empezar2 poner a alguien de algoD suponerA1 conectar, encender2 ajustar, graduarB poner al teléfono■ poner (verbo intransitivo)A1 apostar2 contribuir dineroB poner: gallinasC México: vulg■ ponerse (verbo pronominal)A1 colocarse2 llegarB ponerse: el solC ponerse: calzado etcA en un estado, una situaciónB1 empezar2 esforzarse, esmerarse3 contribuir dineroSentido III ponerse al teléfonovtA1 (colocar) to put¿dónde habré puesto las llaves? where can I have put the keys?¿dónde vas a poner este cuadro? where are you going to put o hang this picture?pon ese cuadro derecho put that picture straight, straighten that picturelo pusieron en el curso avanzado he was put o placed in the advanced classponle la cadena a la puerta put the chain on the doorpon agua a calentar put some water on to boil2 ‹anuncio/aviso› to place, putpusieron un anuncio en el periódico they put o placed an advertisement in the newspaperB (agregar) to put¿cuándo se le pone el agua? when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?¿le has puesto sal a la sopa? have you put any salt in the soup?¿le pones azúcar al café? do you take sugar in your coffee?C ‹ropa/calzado› (+ me/te/le etc):¿me pones los zapatos? can you put my shoes on (for me)?le puse el vestido rojo I dressed her in her red dressD ‹inyección/supositorio› to giveel dentista le puso una inyección the dentist gave him an injectionEponer la mesa to lay o set the tableF1 (instalar, montar) ‹oficina/restaurante› to openpuso un estudio junto con otra arquitecta she set up in business with another architectconsiguió permiso para poner una autoescuela he got permission to open a driving schoolles ayudó a poner la casa he helped them set up house o homepusieron la casa/oficina a todo lujo they furnished the house/fitted the office out in stylele puso un apartamento a su amante he set his mistress up in an apartment2 ‹cocina/teléfono/calefacción› to installvan a poner cocinas de gas they are going to install o fit gas cookers3 ‹cerradura/armario› to fitG «ave» ‹huevos› to layH( Esp) (servir, dar): ¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please¿cuántos le pongo, señora? how many would you like, madam?A1 (contribuir):él pone el capital y yo el trabajo he puts up the capital and I supply the laborpusimos 500 pesos cada uno we put in 500 pesos eachque cada uno ponga lo que pueda each person should give what he or she can afford2 (proporcionar) ‹autobús/tren› to lay onla empresa puso la comida y la bebida food and drink was laid on by the companyB ‹atención› to pay; ‹cuidado› to takepon más atención en lo que estás haciendo pay more attention to what you're doingno ha puesto ningún cuidado en este trabajo she hasn't taken any care at all over this piece of workpone mucho entusiasmo en todo lo que hace he's very enthusiastic about everything he does, he puts a lot of enthusiasm into everything he doesC1 (imponer) ‹deberes› to give, set; ‹examen› to setnos pusieron 20 preguntas we were given o set 20 questionsle pusieron una multa por exceso de velocidad he was fined for speeding2(oponer): no me puso ningún inconveniente he didn't have o raise any objectionsa todo le tiene que poner peros or pegas she finds fault with everything3 (adjudicar) ‹nota› to give¿qué (nota) te puso en la redacción? what (mark) did he give you for your essay?le pusieron un cero he got nought out of tenD (dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give¡qué nombre más feo le pusieron! what a horrible name to give him!le pusieron Eva they called her Eva¿qué título le vas a poner al poema? what title are you going to give the poem?, what are you going to call the poem?le pusieron el sobrenombre de `el cojo' they nicknamed him `el cojo'F (escribir) to putno has puesto ningún acento you haven't put any of the accents inno sé qué más ponerle I don't know what else to put o writepuso mi nombre en la lista she put my name down on the listG ( esp Esp)1 (expresar por escrito) to sayel periódico no pone nada sobre el robo the newspaper doesn't say anything about the robbery2 ( impersonal):mira a ver lo que pone en esa nota see what that note saysallí pone que no se puede pasar it says there that you can't go in¿qué pone aquí? what does it say here?, what does this say?H ( Esp) (exhibir, dar)‹obra/película› ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?¿qué ponen en el Trocadero? what's on o what's showing at the Trocadero?en el teatro ponen una obra de Casares there's a play by Casares on at the theaterno pusieron ninguna película buena en Navidad there wasn't a single good film on over Christmas, they didn't show a single good film over Christmasel avión pone media hora de Montevideo a Buenos Aires the plane takes half an hour from Montevideo to Buenos Airesde allí a Salta pusimos tres horas it took us three hours from there to SaltaA (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):me pones nerviosa you're making me nervousya la has puesto de mal humor now you've put her in a bad mood¿por qué me pusiste en evidencia así? why did you show me up like that?lo pusiste en un aprieto you put him in an awkward positionnos puso al corriente de lo sucedido he brought us up to date with what had happened¡mira cómo has puesto la alfombra! look at the mess you've made on the carpet!me estás poniendo las cosas muy difíciles you're making things very difficult for meB (adoptar) ‹cara/voz›no pongas esa cara there's no need to look like thatpuso cara de enfado he looked annoyedpuso voz de asustado he sounded scaredC1(hacer empezar): el médico me puso a régimen the doctor put me on a dietponer a algn A + INF:tuvo que poner a las hijas a trabajar he had to send his daughters out to worklo puso a estudiar guitarra con Rodríguez she sent him to have guitar lessons with Rodríguezlo puso a pelar cebollas she set him to work peeling onions2 poner a algn DE algo:la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of departmentlo pusieron de ángel he was given a part as an angel, he was given the part of an angelsu padre lo puso de botones en la oficina his father gave him a job as an office boysiempre te pone de ejemplo he always holds you up as an exampleD(suponer): pon que perdemos ese tren, no podríamos volver say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train, then we wouldn't be able to get backpon que es cierto ¿qué harías entonces? say o suppose o supposing it is true, then what would you do?pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados suppose o let's just say they're wrongponerle ( AmL): ¿cuánto se tarda? — ponle dos horas how long does it take? — about two hours o in the region of two hours o reckon on two hours¿cuánto nos costará? — y … pónganle alrededor de $200 how much will it cost us? — well, … you'd better reckon on about $200A1 (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción› to turn o switch o put on; ‹programa/canal› to put onpon un disco put on a recordpuso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the enginetodavía no nos han puesto la luz we haven't had our electricity connected yet2(ajustar, graduar): pon el despertador a las siete set the alarm (clock) for seven¿puedes poner la música un poco más alta? can you turn the music up a bit?puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right, she set the clock to the right timeponer el motor a punto to tune up the engineBponer a algn CON algn/algo to put sb THROUGH TO sb/sth¿me puede poner con el director, por favor? could you put me through to o could I speak to the director, please?¿me pone con la extensión 24? could you put me through to o can I have extension 24, please?■ ponerviA2 (contribuir dinero) to contribute¿vas a poner para el regalo de Pilar? are you going to give something o contribute toward(s) Pilar's present?B «gallina» to lay■ ponerseA1 ( refl)ponerse de pie to stand up, standponerse de rodillas to kneel, kneel down, get down on one's kneesponte ahí, junto al árbol stand over there, by the treeponérsele a algn algo ( AmL fam): se le puso que tenía que escalar la montaña he got it into his head that he had to climb the mountaina ese viejo se le pone cada cosa that old man gets the strangest ideas into his head2B «sol» to setC ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put onponte el abrigo put your coat onno tengo nada que ponerme I don't have a thing to wearmi hermano siempre se pone mi ropa my brother is always borrowing my clothesponte un poco de sombra de ojos put on a little eyeshadowme puse el collar de perlas I wore o put on my pearl necklaceA (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):me puse furiosa I got very angrycuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw itadelante, pónganse cómodos come in, make yourselves comfortableno te pongas así, que no es para tanto don't get so worked up, it's not that bad¡mira cómo te has puesto de barro! just look at you, you're covered in mud!no te imaginas cómo se puso, hecha una fiera you wouldn't believe the way she reacted, she went absolutely wildla vida se está poniendo carísima everything's getting so expensiveB1 (empezar) ponerse A + INF to start -INGse va a poner a llover de un momento a otro it's going to start raining o to start to rain any minutea ver si te pones a trabajar you'd better start workingse puso a llorar sin motivo aparente she started crying o to cry for no apparent reason2 ( fam) (esforzarse, esmerarse) to try, make an effortsi te pones lo acabas hoy mismo if you make an effort o if you try o if you put your mind to it, you'll finish it today3(CS arg) (contribuir dinero): cuando se casaron el viejo se puso con $5.000 when they got married, her old man shelled out $5,000 ( colloq)cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse when the check comes, everyone has to cough up ( colloq)yo me pongo con cien I'll put in o chip in a hundred ( colloq)( Esp) (al teléfono): ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for youdile a tu madre que se ponga tell your mother I want to speak to her, ask your mother to come to the phone* * *
poner ( conjugate poner) verbo transitivo
1
ponle el collar al perro put the dog's collar on;
poner una bomba to plant a bomb
2 ( agregar) to put
3 ‹inyección/supositorio› to give
4◊ poner la mesa to lay o set the table
5 (instalar, montar)
6 [ ave] ‹ huevo› to lay
7 (Esp) (servir, dar):◊ póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please;
¿cuántos le pongo? how many would you like?
1 ‹ dinero› ( contribuir) to put in;
2 ‹ atención› to pay;
‹cuidado/interés› to take;
3
‹examen/problema› to set;
4 ( dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give;
‹ ejemplo› to give;
5 ( enviar) ‹ telegrama› to send
6 ( escribir) ‹dedicatoria/líneas› to write
7 (Esp) (exhibir, dar) ‹ película› to show;◊ ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?;
¿qué ponen en el Royal? what's on o what's showing at the Royal?
1
‹programa/canal› to put on;
‹cinta/disco/música› to put on;◊ puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine
puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right
2 (Esp) ( al teléfono): poner a algn con algo/algn to put sb through to sth/sb
(en estado, situación) (+ compl):
poner a algn en un aprieto to put sb in an awkward position
vi [ ave] to lay
ponerse verbo pronominal
1 ( refl) ( colocarse):
ponerse de pie to stand (up);
ponerse de rodillas to kneel (down), get down on one's knees
2 [ sol] to set
3 ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put on;
1 (en estado, situación) (+ compl):
se puso triste she became sad;
cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it;
se puso como loco he went mad;
ponerse cómodo to make oneself comfortable
2 ( empezar) ponerse a + inf to start -ing, to start + inf;
(Esp):
poner verbo transitivo
1 (en un lugar, una situación) to put: me puso en un aprieto, he put me in a tight corner
(seguido de adjetivo) to make: me pone contento, he makes me happy
2 (hacer funcionar) to turn o switch on
3 (un fax, telegrama) to send
poner una conferencia, to make a long-distance call
4 (una multa, un castigo) to impose
5 (abrir un negocio) to set up
6 (vestir) to put on
7 (exponer) tienes que poner la planta al sol/a la sombra, you have to put the plant in the sun/shade
8 (aportar) yo puse mil pesetas, I contributed a thousand pesetas
9 (conjeturar, imaginar) to suppose: pongamos que..., supposing (that)...
10 (estar escrito) lo pone aquí, it's written here
no pone nada de eso, it doesn't say anything about that
11 TV Cine to put on, show
12 Tel ponme con él, put me through to him
13 (un nombre) le pondremos Tadeo, we are going to call him Tadeo
ya le puso título a la novela, he has already given the novel a title
♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a caldo, to pull sb to pieces
poner a cien, to make sb nervous: me pone a cien cuando habla de ese modo, when he talks that way I get nervous
poner en duda, to call into question: los inversores pusieron su competencia en duda, the investors questioned his competence
poner a alguien en evidencia, to show sb up
poner en evidencia, to show up: la situación pone en evidencia la falta de justicia del sistema, the situation exposes the system's unfairness
poner a alguien en su sitio, to put sb in his place
' poner' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
activar
- alinear
- alta
- alto
- altura
- antecedente
- antena
- arreglar
- arrinconar
- aunar
- bandeja
- brete
- cabeza
- calzar
- caldo
- calle
- cara
- cargar
- carta
- caso
- cien
- codificar
- comprometer
- confiar
- coto
- crecer
- cuenco
- cuestión
- dejar
- denuncia
- depositar
- descomponer
- descubierta
- descubierto
- desesperar
- diente
- dirigir
- discutir
- distribuir
- enchufar
- enderezar
- enervar
- enfermar
- enfrentar
- enmascarar
- entregar
- entregarse
- escenificar
- escobilla
- esmerarse
English:
acquaint
- action
- apply
- arm
- arrange
- aside
- best
- blur
- bond
- box
- bracket
- bundle
- bung
- cap
- cast
- cheek
- claim
- code
- collect
- compromise
- connect
- cork
- crack
- cross
- crown
- curb
- date
- dip
- discomfit
- dishwasher
- egg
- end
- endanger
- excite
- face
- fault
- feature
- fetter
- fill in
- fit
- fluster
- follow up
- forewarn
- free
- gather
- get
- glaze
- go
- gown
- grin
* * *♦ vt1. [situar, agregar, meter] to put;me pusieron en la última fila I was put in the back row;ponle un poco más de sal put some more salt in it, add a bit of salt to it;pon los juguetes en el armario put the toys (away) in the cupboard;¿dónde habré puesto la calculadora? where can I have put o left the calculator?;poner un anuncio en el periódico to put an advert in the paper;poner un póster en la pared to put a poster up on the wall;poner una inyección a alguien to give sb an injection;hubo que ponerle un bozal al perro we had to put a muzzle on the dog, we had to muzzle the dog3. [servir]¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?, what would you like?;póngame una cerveza, por favor I'd like o I'll have a beer, please;¿cuánto le pongo? how much would you like?;póngame un kilo give me a kilo4. [contribuir, aportar] to put in;poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business;poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) sth;pon atención en lo que digo pay attention to what I'm saying;5. [hacer estar de cierta manera]poner a alguien en un aprieto/de mal humor to put sb in a difficult position/in a bad mood;le has puesto colorado/nervioso you've made him blush/feel nervous;ponérselo fácil/difícil a alguien to make things easy/difficult for sb;lo puso todo perdido she made a real mess;el profesor nos puso a hacer cuentas the teacher gave us some sums to do;llegó y nos puso a todos a trabajar she arrived and set us all to work;pon la sopa a calentar warm the soup up;me pusieron de aprendiz de camarero they had me work as a trainee waiter;poner cara de tonto/inocente to put on a stupid/an innocent faceme pusieron de mentiroso they called me a liar;poner bien algo/a alguien to praise sth/sb;poner mal algo/a alguien to criticize sth/sbponer pegas a algo to raise objections to sth8. [asignar] [precio] to fix, to settle on;[multa] to give; [deberes, examen, tarea] to give, to set;le pusieron (de nombre) Mario they called him Mario;me han puesto (en el turno) de noche I've been assigned to the night shift, they've put me on the night shift;le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam9. [comunicar] [telegrama, fax, giro postal] to send;[conferencia] to make; Esp¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him?;Espno cuelgue, ahora le pongo don't hang up, I'll put you through in a second10. [conectar, hacer funcionar] [televisión, radio] to switch o put on;[despertador] to set; [instalación, gas] to put in; [música, cinta, disco] to put on;pon la lavadora put the washing machine on;pon el telediario put the news on;puse el despertador a las seis/el reloj en hora I set my alarm clock for six o'clock/my watch to the right time;¿te han puesto ya el teléfono? are you on the phone yet?, have they connected your phone yet?;ponlo más alto, que no se oye turn it up, I can't hear it11. [en el cine, el teatro, la televisión] to show;anoche pusieron un documental muy interesante last night they showed a very interesting documentary;¿qué ponen en la tele/en el Rialto? what's on the TV/on at the Rialto?;en el Rialto ponen una de Stallone there's a Stallone movie on at the Rialto12. [montar] to set up;poner la casa to set up home;poner un negocio to start a business;ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop;hemos puesto moqueta en el salón we've had a carpet fitted in the living-room;poner la mesa to lay the table;pusieron la tienda (de campaña) en un prado they pitched their tent o put their tent up in a meadow13. [decorar] to do up;han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style14. [suponer] to suppose;pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened;pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days;poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan;¿cuándo estará listo? – ponle que en dos días when will it be ready? – reckon on it taking two days¿qué pone ahí? what does it say there?16. [escribir] to put;¿qué pusiste en la segunda pregunta? what did you put for the second question?17. [huevo] to lay18. RP [demorar] to take;el tren pone media hora en llegar allá the train takes half an hour to get there♦ vi[gallina, aves] to lay (eggs)♦ v impersonalAm Fam [parecer]se me pone que… it seems to me that…* * *<part puesto> v/t1 put;poner en escena stage;poner en marcha set in motion;pongamos que let’s suppose o assume that2 ropa put on3 ( añadir) put in4 RAD, TV turn on, switch on5 la mesa set6 ( escribir) put downla crítica puso muy bien su última película the critics gave his last film very good reviews8 negocio set up9 telegrama send10 huevos lay12 dinero deposit13:poner a alguien furioso make s.o. angry;ponerle a alguien con alguien TELEC put s.o. through to s.o.;ponerle una multa a alguien fine s.o.* * *poner {60} vt1) colocar: to put, to placepon el libro en la mesa: put the book on the table2) agregar, añadir: to put in, to add3) : to put on (clothes)4) contribuir: to contribute5) escribir: to put in writingno le puso su nombre: he didn't put his name on it6) imponer: to set, to impose7) exponer: to put, to exposelo puso en peligro: she put him in danger8) : to prepare, to arrangeponer la mesa: to set the table9) : to namele pusimos Ana: we called her Ana10) establecer: to set up, to establishpuso un restaurante: he opened up a restaurant11) instalar: to install, to put insiempre lo pones de mal humor: you always put him in a bad mood13) : to turn on, to switch on14) suponer: to supposepongamos que no viene: supposing he doesn't come15) : to lay (eggs)poner a : to start (someone doing something)lo puse a trabajar: I put him to workponer de : to place asla pusieron de directora: they made her directorponer en : to put in (a state or condition)poner en duda: to call into questionponer vi1) : to contribute2) : to lay eggs* * *poner vb2. (ropa, etc) to put on3. (añadir) to put¿le has puesto sal a las patatas? have you put any salt on the potatoes?¿te pones azúcar? do you take sugar?6. (encender) to put on / to turn on / to switch on7. (establecer) to open9. (comunicar) to put through¿me pones con Asunción, por favor? can you put me through to Asunción, please?en el periódico pone que la película está muy bien it says in the newspaper that the film is very good11. (proyectar) to be on¿qué ponen en el Renoir? what's on at the Renoir?12. (dar un nombre) to call14. (servir) to give¿qué te pongo? what can I get you?¿me pone un kilo de tomates? can I have a kilo of tomatoes, please?pongamos por caso... suppose... / let's say... -
45 अन्तर् _antar
अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च]1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under.-2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, be- twixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य).-3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11.-4 It is fre- quently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the inte- rior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c.-5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;].-Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.).-अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr.-अंङ्ग a.1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra.-2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk.-3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l.(-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior.-2 an intimate friend, near or con- fidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159.-3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman.-4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29.- अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62.-आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads).-आकूतम् secret or hidden intention.-आगमः an additional augment between two letters,-आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31.-आत्मन् m. (त्मा)1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95.-2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the in- terior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21.-आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town.-आय, -आल; See s. v.-आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24.-इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense.-उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode.-करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds: मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता.-कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists).-कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell.-कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body.-कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी.-कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3.-2 inward wrath, secret anger.-कोशम् the interior of a store- room.-गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore).-गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्).-गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्.-गर्भ a.1 bearing young, pregnant.-2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्.-गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87.-गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle.-गूढ a. conceal- ed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart.-गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.]1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house.-2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति.-घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.).-घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78.-चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7.-ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.).-जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach.-जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्).-जात a. inborn, innate.-जानु ind. between the knees.-जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75.-ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge.-ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman.-ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety.-ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13.-दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation.-दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः).-दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79.-दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām.-2 inflammation.-दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart;-दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart.-दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself.-देशः an intermediate region of the compass.-द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्).-धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v.-नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām.-निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6.-निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8.-निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation.-पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives.-पथ a. Ved. being on the way.-पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word.-पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः-पिरधानम् the innermost garment.-पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh).-पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel.-पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.).-पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.).-2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty.-पातित, -पातिन् a.1 inserted.-2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2.-पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel.-पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace.-पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्]1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1.-2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर,-अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamber- lain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned:- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem.-पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K.-पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it re- gularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period.-पूय a. ulcerous.-पेयम् Ved. drinking up.-प्रकृतिः f.1 the internal nature or constitution of man.-2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king.-3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51.-प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93.-प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul.-प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior.-बाष्प a.1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3.-2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5.-भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately.-भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions).-भूमिः f. interior of the earth.-भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.'-भौम a. subterranean, underground.-मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7.-मनस् a.1 sad, disconso- late, dejected, distracted.-2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation.-मुख a. (-खी f.)1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26.-2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि).-3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः).-4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna.-मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the seve- ral letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body.-मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion.-मृत a. still-born.-यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras.-यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice.-2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br.-यामिन् m.1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c.-2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up.-योगः deep meditation, abstraction-लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle).-लीन a.1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1.-2 inherent.-लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered.-वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v.-वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8.-वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5.-वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior.-वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13.-वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching.-वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in-वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम).-वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an under- garment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52.-वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly.-वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्).-विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration.-विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7.-वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever.-वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land.-वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house.-वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain.-वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21.-शरः internal arrow or disease.-शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body.-शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside.-शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain.-श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br.-संज्ञ a. inwardly con- scious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49.-सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा)1 a pregnant woman.-2 the marking nut.-सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret.- सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51.-सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9.-सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus).-सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24-सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies.-स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called be- cause they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह).-स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs.-2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear.-स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut).-हणनम् striking in the middle.-हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk.-हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand.-हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand.-हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile.-हृदयम् the interior of the heart. -
46 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
47 volo
1.vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;I.also volt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:voltis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;so volint,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:sis for si vis,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).In gen.A.With object-infinitive.1.With pres. inf.a.To wish.(α).Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:(β).potare ego hodie tecum volo,
id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,
id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,
Lucr. 5, 177:video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?
id. ib. 1, 15, 34:si innocentes existimari volumus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,
id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,
id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,
Sall. J. 31, 23:si haec relinquere voltis,
id. C. 58, 15:priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,
Liv. 3, 53, 7:si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,
id. 21, 21, 5:non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,
id. 2, 59, 2:suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,
Suet. Caes. 85:Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—(γ).Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:b.neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,
Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:c.in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,
Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13:hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,
Liv. 23, 45, 9.—= in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:d.ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,
Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:necare candem voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:hostis hostem occidere volui,
Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;volui... ferro interficere (ironically),
id. 40, 13, 2:tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,
the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,
Quint. 9, 2, 85.—Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,
Sen. Ep. 117, 24:sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,
Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,
id. Sen. 1, 2:ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,
Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,
id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,
it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,
his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,
when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:(plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,
Liv. 23, 2, 7:rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,
id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,
Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—= studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:e.quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 20, 75:nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,
id. Or. 2, 77, 315:de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,
that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?
do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—To mean, of actions and expressions:f.hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,
the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):quid aliud volui dicere?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:adduxi volui dicere,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:g.nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,
id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,
id. Men. 1, 3, 13:sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,
Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):h.quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,
Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,
Liv. 22, 56, 7:at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,
Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,
Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:k.sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,
id. Poen. prol. 50:vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,
id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,
id. ib. 1, 47, 112:ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,
Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,
Curt. 4, 16, 33:ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5:visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?
id. 8, 7, 7:volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,
Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):1.uti tamen tuo consilio volui,
still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:m.is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,
likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,
Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,
Suet. Caes. 68:dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:cum alter verum audire non vult,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,
refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;n.si jussus est, necessitati,
if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,
on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:laedere numquam velimus,
Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:vivere noluit qui mori non vult,
who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):o.haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,
in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,
pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,
id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):2.magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,
that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—With pres. inf. understood.a.Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.(α).To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):(β).nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,
as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,
Lucr. 3, 1090:nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,
id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 81:quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,
id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,
Hor. A. P. 348.—To choose, be pleased (freq.):(γ).tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:id repetundi copia est, quando velis,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31:rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?
id. Sest. 39, 84:quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,
Liv. 21, 18, 14:senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,
id. 4, 51, 2:saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,
id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,
Suet. Aug. 66:at tu quantum vis tolle,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):(δ).sine me pervenire quo volo,
let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,
as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,
id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,
Liv. 2, 45, 12. —To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:(ε).jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),
that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):b.tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,
Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—With ellipsis of inf.(α).Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:(β).nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,
I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),
Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—(γ).In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—3.With perfect infinitive active (rare).a.In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).(α).In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:(β).edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,
id. 39, 17, 3. —In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:b.interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),
Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?
Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:c.sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),
which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—To represent the will as referring to a completed action.(α).In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—(β).In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,B.an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?
Pers. 1, 41:qui me volet incurvasse querela,
id. 1, 91.With acc. and inf.1.To wish (v. A. 1. a.).a.With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:b.deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,
id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:scin' quid nunc te facere volo?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,
id. Sest. 42, 92:nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,
id. Sen. 23, 85:hoc te scire volui,
id. Att. 7, 18, 4:harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16:ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,
Liv. 4, 38, 2:si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,
id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:regnari tamen omnes volebant,
that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:mihi volo ignosci,
I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:volt sibi quisque credi,
Liv. 22, 22, 14. —With the same subject.(α).With inf. act.:(β).quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,
what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:volo me placere Philolachi,
id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,
Cic. Or. 33, 117:vult, credo, se esse carum suis,
id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —With inf. pass.:2.quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,
Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,
Liv. 39, 10, 2:Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,
Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:3.me absente neminem volo intromitti,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:(deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,
id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,
Sall. C. 19, 2:nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,
Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,
Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:quid fieri velit praecipit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 56:ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,
id. ib. 7, 16:quid fieri vellet ostendit,
id. ib. 7, 27:quae fieri vellet edocuit,
id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:quid fieri vellet edixit,
Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,
Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:4.Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,
Plaut. As. prol. 12:Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,
has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,
id. Rud. prol. 33:quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,
meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:si non hoc intellegi volumus,
id. Fat. 18, 41:quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,
Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,
Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—To resolve:5.Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,
if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,
id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 45:tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,
Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:6.montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,
which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,
id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):7.obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,
they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,
id. 24, 4, 5:petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),
id. 42, 19, 5:orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,
id. 3, 69, 5:quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?
id. 25, 28, 8:si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,
Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,
Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:8.voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,
Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:(Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,
Quint. 8, 3, 43:vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,
id. 9, 4, 137:si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,
Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.(α).To imagine, consider:(β).est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98:si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,
Liv. 6, 40, 13.—To be of opinion, to hold:(γ).vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,
id. Div. 2, 44, 93:vultis evenire omnia fato,
id. ib. 2, 9, 24:alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,
id. Fat. 19, 45:vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,
id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,
Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—To say, assert:(δ).si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,
as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,
id. Or. 1, 55, 23:ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,
Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:(ε).unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—To mean, with perf. inf.:(ζ).utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?
Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:quam primum istud, quod esse vis?
what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:9.ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,
what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—In partic.a.With things as subjects.(α).Things personified:(β).ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,
would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,
which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?
what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,
Prop. 1, 6, 25:hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,
id. 1, 6, 30.—Of laws, to provide:b.duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,
Cic. Mil. 3, 9:lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,
Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.(α).The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:(β).nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,
id. Or. 1, 59, 253:propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,
id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,
Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:c.aunt qui volum te conventam,
who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,
if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,
id. Att. 8, 3, 4:rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,
Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,
Quint. 8, 3, 21:si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,
Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,
Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,
id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,
Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,
Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:volo amori ejus obsecutum,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—With predic. adj., without copula.(α).The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):(β).si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,
if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,
id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,
Liv. 22, 53, 7.—Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):d.in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),
when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:volo me patris mei similem,
I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:qui vero se populares volunt,
who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:ut integrum se salvumque velit,
id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,
id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —With an inf.-clause understood.(α).Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:(β).stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),
id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,
Cic. Mil. 5, 12:neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),
id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:(γ).deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):(δ).acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—To require, demand (v B. 7.):(ε).veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,
Liv. 39, 37, 17;and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),
Hor. A. P. 71.—To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):(ζ).ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,
id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:C.volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.With ut, ne, or ut ne.1.With ut.a.To wish:b.volo ut quod jubebo facias,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,
id. Most. 5, 1, 49:ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:velim ut tibi amicus sit,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,
id. ib. 11, 11, 2:maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,
id. Sull. 1, 1:equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:his ut sit digna puella volo,
Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):c.at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:volo ut mihi respondeas,
Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,
Liv. 1, 16, 7.—To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:d.id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—With other verbs:2.quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;with opto,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;with laboro,
Liv. 42, 14, 3;with aequum censere,
id. 39, 19, 7.—With ne:3.at ne videas velim,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,
intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.D.With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).1.To wish:2.ergo animum advortas volo,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:volo amet me patrem,
id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:hoc volo agatis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:ducas volo hodie uxorem,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:quid vis faciam?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?
Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:Othonem vincas volo,
id. ib. 13, 29, 2:eas litteras volo habeas,
id. ib. 13, 32, 3:visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:volo, inquis, sciat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:3.volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,
id. Brut. 84, 290.—With subj.-clause understood:E.abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.With object nouns, etc.1.With acc. of a thing.a.With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:b.voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:animo male est: aquam velim,
id. Am. 5, 1, 6:quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,
id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,gratiam tuam,
id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:aquam,
id. ib. 2, 3, 34:discidium,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,
I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,
id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,
Liv. 7, 40, 18:ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,
Tac. A. 6, 26:cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,
Mart. 5, 78, 11.—Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:c.quorum isti neutrum volunt,
acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,
we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:restat ut omnes unum velint,
hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:si plura velim,
if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,
that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,
that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,
which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,
mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:quis enim pudor omnia velle?
to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:d.immo faenus: id primum volo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:proximum quod sit bono... id volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:nisi ea quae tu vis volo,
unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,
who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,
id. Off. 1, 34, 124:quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,
Sen. Ep. 20, 5:pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,
id. ib. 27, 2:nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,
Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),
Verg. A. 2, 104:hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),
Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:e.eloquere quid velis,
id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:sed plane quid velit nescio,
what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,
to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?
what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,
we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,
what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:sed tamen intellego quid velit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,
id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,
Ov. H. 11, 96.—With rel. pron.:f.quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,
that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:illi quae volo concedere,
to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:si illud quod volumus dicitur,
what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,
Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,
id. Marcell. 1, 1:uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,
to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:sed quod volebant non... expediebant,
their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,
Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:bis sumpsit quod voluit,
he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,
whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,
whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—With indef. pronn.(α).Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:(β).eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,
id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:(γ).ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:2.visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:numquid vis aliud?
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:numquid vellem rogavit,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,
Liv. 6, 34, 7:rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.(α).To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):(β).Demenaetum volebam,
I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:solus te solum volo,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:quia non est intus quem ego volo,
id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:hae oves volunt vos,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:quis me volt? Perii, pater est,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):volo te verbis pauculis,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):(γ).hanc volo (= amo),
Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 38:quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,
id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,
Lucr. 4, 1152:quam volui nota fit arte mea,
Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—To wish to have:3.roga, velitne an non uxorem,
whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),
Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,
that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;4.not in Cic.): numquid me vis?
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:num quidpiam me vis aliud?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,
id. As. 1, 1, 74:narrabit ultro quid sese velis,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:quid me voluisti?
id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:numquid aliud me vis?
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,
id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 34:cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,
Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;a.rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:praesidium velle se senectuti suae,
id. ib. 1, 2, 44:nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,
Tac. A. 12, 11:cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,
to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):b.quid aliud tibi vis?
what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,
be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).(α).In 1 st pers. (rare):(β).nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,
and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?
Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—In 2 d pers.:(γ).quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,
what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?
id. ib. 4, 7, 34:quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?
what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?
id. ib. 5, 6, 6:quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?
id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?
Liv. 3, 67, 7.—In 3 d pers.:(δ).quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?
Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:quid hic volt veterator sibi?
id. ib. 2, 6, 26:proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?
Cic. Dom. 11, 29:quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?
Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),
Liv. 3, 35, 5:qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,
id. 3, 50, 15:quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?
Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:5.ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,
id. Eun. prol. 45:quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,
what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?
Liv. 40, 12, 14:tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?
Ov. M. 9, 473.—Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:6.jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,
id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:egone illi ut non bene vellem?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:atque isti etiam parum male volo,
id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:non sibi male vult,
he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,
id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.(α).With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:(β).repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,
that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,
id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—Without omnia:7.per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,
Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:sed et Phameae causa volebam,
id. ib. 13, 49, 1:etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,
id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:valde enim ejus causa volo,
id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,
id. ib. 3, 7, 6;12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,
id. ib. 7, 17, 2:regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:credo tua causa velle Lentulum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:F.meus vir veniat velim),
Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,
id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,
id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,
id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:II.quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,
I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:quis est cui velle non liceat?
who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:in magnis et voluisse sat est,
Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:tarde velle nolentis est,
slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,
the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,
that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,
his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,
Mart. 5, 83, 2:velle suum cuique est,
each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.In partic.A.Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.1.In imperative sentences.a.In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:b.nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,
do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,
id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,
Nep. Att. 4, 2.—Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:c.neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),
Ov. H. 1, 80.—In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;d.rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),
Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),
id. P. 1, 7, 8:credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),
Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:2.aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),
Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,
id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),
id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),
id. Att. 11, 7, 7:cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),
Verg. A. 11, 153:edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:3.non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),
if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),
id. Fat. 14, 32:dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;so,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,
if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,
id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,
Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,
id. 5, 3, ext. 3:quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,
Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—In declarative sentences.a.Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):b.vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,
id. Am. prol. 33:illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 3, 8:sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,
Liv. 1, 23, 8:quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—With pres. inf.:c.propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),
id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—With perf. act. inf.:d.pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:B.eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),
id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),
Liv. 9, 7, 11:talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),
Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),
id. 4, 7, ext. 2:sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.1.With verb in the second person.a.With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.(α).As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:(β).ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,
Cic. Att. 12, 53:eum salvere jubeas velim,
id. ib. 7, 7, 7:velim me facias certiorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 9:tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,
id. ib. 1, 12, 4:velim mihi ignoscas,
id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,
id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,
Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:Musa velim memores, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):b.vera dicas velim,
I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,
Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:ipse velim poenas experiare meas,
Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—With infinitive clause.(α).With the force of a modest imperative:(β).sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,
Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 10.—As a mere wish:c.velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,
Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—With ut (rare):d.de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—2.With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.a.With pres. subj.:b.ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,
Liv. 23, 12, 15:sint haec vera velim,
Verg. Cir. 306:nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,
Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,
Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):c.nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—With inf.-clause:3.ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,
Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,
id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,
Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,
Liv. 2, 37, 4.—With verb in the first person.a.With inf. pres. (so most freq.):b.atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:velim scire ecquid de te recordere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,
id. Att. 11, 9, 3:nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,
id. Sen. 23, 83:sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,
Liv. 23, 12, 7:interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,
Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—With acc. and inf.:c.quod velis, modo id velim me scire,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,
Liv. 22, 7, 4.—With subj. pres.:4.eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:5.aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:velim, si fieri possit,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),
id. ib. 2, 4, 26:si possim, velim,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,
Cic. Brut. 83, 287:si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,
Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).a.Velis.(α).Imperatively = cupito:(β).quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,
Verg. Cir. 331.—Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—(γ).Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—b.Velit.(α).Modestly for vult:(β).te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?
Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—= imperative of third person:c.arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,
Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—Velimus.(α).In the optative sense of velim:(β). d.sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):e.novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,
Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,
Liv. 22, 10, 2:velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,
id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,
Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,
Liv. 31, 6, 1:vellent juberentne se regnare,
id. 1, 46, 1; cf.in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,
id. 26, 33, 14.—Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).C.Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:1.de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,
Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,
Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.With verb in first person.a.With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:b.videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,
Cic. Sen. 10, 32:vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,
Liv. 3, 68, 9:quam fieri vellem meus libellus!
Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,
Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,
Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),
Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—With perf. inf., I wish I had:c.abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,
I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,
id. ib. 10, 4, 10:non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,
Verg. A. 11, 303. —With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):d.virum me natam vellem,
would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—With subj. imperf. (rare):2.quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.a.With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):b.hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,
I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,
I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:c.vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,
Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,
id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,
id. Att. 10, 6, 2:quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,
id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—With ne and pluperf. subj.:d.tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—3.With verb in third person.a.With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):b.patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1:vellem adesse posset Panaetius,
id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:vellem hoc esset laborare,
id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—With pluperf. subj.:c.vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,
Cic. Cael. 3, 7:vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,
id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!
Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—With inf.-clause.(α).With inf. pres., I wish he were:(β).quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!
Cic. Clu. 70, 198:nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,
Ov. F. 2, 120.—With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:d.quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,
Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),
Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—4.With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:5.aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,
Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).a.Velles.(α).In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—(β).Of an indefinite subject:b.velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 130.—Vellet.(α).In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;(β).sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,
Ov. M. 3, 247.—Conditionally:c.quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?
Ov. H. 12, 146.—Vellent.(α).In the potential sense of vellem:(β).quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!
Verg. A. 6, 436.—Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.D.Volam and voluero.1.In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;2.si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,
Dig. 45, 1, 112.—Volam in principal sentences.(α).= Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:(β).et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,
I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—3.In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:E.quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?
otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,
then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:decedes cum voles,
id. Att. 6, 3, 2:qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?
those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,
Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:invenies, vere si reperire voles,
Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,
who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.Si vis, parenthetically.1.If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):2.paulum opperirier, Si vis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:audi, si vis, nunc jam,
id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—If you wish, choose, insist upon it:F.hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,
Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:addam, si vis, animi, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 27, 89:concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,
id. Div. 2, 15, 34.Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.1.3 d pers. sing.:2.quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),
however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,
id. Div. 1, 26, 56:quam volet jocetur,
id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—1 st pers. plur.:3.quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;4.but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,
as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—3 d pers. plur.:G.quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,
Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,
id. Cael. 28, 67;but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,
as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):H.quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,
Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,
Liv. 3, 68, 11:famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?
id. 25, 29, 6.With magis and maxime.1.Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—2.With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):K.quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,
wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 1, 1:caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,
which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,
above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,
as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,
in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.In disjunctive co - ordination.1.With sive... sive:2.tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,
whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,
Liv. 8, 2, 13.—Without connectives.a.Vis tu... vis:b.congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?
Liv. 25, 6, 22.—Velim nolim.(α).Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:(β).velit nolit scire, difficile est,
it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—= seu velim seu nolim:A.ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,
whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,
Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,
id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,
id. Ep. 117, 4:praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,
Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.1.Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;2.rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),
Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),
id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,
id. 15, 16, 3:scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,
Dig. 40, 4, 61:si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,
ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):B. 1.ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,
except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,
with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,
since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —Attributively.a.In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):b.sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,
Sall. J. 14, 19.—Volenti animo.(α).= cupide, eagerly:(β).Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,
Sall. J. 73, 3. —On purpose, intentionally:2.consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,
Verg. A. 7, 216.—Predicatively.a.Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.(α).Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):(β).(hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,
Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,
Sall. J. 76, 6:quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,
Liv. 21, 39, 4:si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,
id. 24, 37, 7:quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,
id. 7, 40, 13:itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,
id. 22, 27, 9:(virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,
id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:volens vos Turnus adoro,
Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;12, 833: date vina volentes,
id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:b.precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,
Liv. 24, 21, 10:precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,
id. 29, 14, 13:in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,
id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,
with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,
Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:c.quod nobis volentibus facile continget,
if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,
to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,
to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,
Verg. A. 8, 133:saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,
administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;3.rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,
that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,
id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,
that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,
Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,
Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,
id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).a.vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.(α).One who wishes:(β).nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,
Liv. 22, 22, 11:consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,
Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,
id. 2, 9, 5:discere meliora volentibus promptum est,
i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,
to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,
Suet. Tib. 61.—One who intends, is about:(γ).juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,
i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,
one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —One who is willing:(δ).non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,
unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,
those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—One who consents:(ε).tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,
to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,
peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,
if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,
ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—One who does a thing voluntarily:(ζ).pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,
the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),
Ov. M. 2, 128.—Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:b.hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,
and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:2.Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,
that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,
Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,
id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.I.Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):2. II.aves,
Lucr. 6, 742:accipitres,
id. 4, 1010:corvi,
id. 2, 822:altam supra volat ardea nubem,
Verg. G. 1, 364:volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,
id. A. 1, 300:columbae venere volantes,
id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:apes,
Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,
Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:sine pennis volare haud facile est,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:3.i sane... vola curriculo,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:per summa levis volat aequora curru,
Verg. A. 5, 819:medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,
id. ib. 12, 650:illa (Argo) volat,
Ov. H. 6, 66:currus,
Verg. G. 3, 181:axis,
id. ib. 3, 107:nubes,
Lucr. 5, 254:fulmina,
id. 2, 213:tempestates,
id. 6, 612:telum,
id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,
Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:volat aetas,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:hora,
Sen. Hippol. 1141:fama,
Verg. A. 3, 121:et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,
Val. Fl. 4, 407.vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,
Paul. Diac. p. 370:volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,
Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,
Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30. -
48 χράω
A fall upon, attack, assail, c. dat. pers.,στυγερὸς δέ οἱ ἔχραε δαίμων Od.5.396
;τίς τοι κακὸς ἔχραε δαίμων; 10.64
; soἠϊθέοις οὐκ ἔστι τόσος πόνος, ὁππόσος ἡμῖν.. ἔχραε AP5.296
(Agath.): cf. ἐπιχράω (B).II c. acc. rei, inflict upon a person,κακὸν δέ οἱ ἔχραε κοῖτον Nic.Th. 315
.III c. inf., conceive a desire to.., τίπτε σὸς υἱὸς ἐμὸν ῥόον ἔχραε κήδειν ἐξ ἄλλων; why did he want (or needed he) to vex my stream of all others? Il.21.369; μνηστῆρες.., οἳ τόδε δῶμα ἐχράετ' ἐσθιέμεν καὶ πινέμεν ye suitors.., who have become so eager to.., Od.21.69. (For signfs. 1, 11, cf. ζαχρηής; for 111 perh. cf. χρή, κέχρημαι ( χράω (B) C), χρῇ, χρῇς.)------------------------------------Aχρῇ S.El.35
, [dialect] Ion.χρᾷ Hdt.1.62
(also Luc.DMort.3.2); inf.χρᾶν Hdt.8.135
(also Luc.Alex.19); [dialect] Ion. part. , fem.χρέωσα Hdt.7.111
; [dialect] Ep.χρείων Od.8.79
, h.Ap. 396: [tense] impf.ἔχραον Pi.O.7.92
(v.l. ἔχρεον), A.R.2.454; [ per.] 3sg.ἔχρη Tyrt.3.3
, Hermesian.7.89, ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.OC87: [tense] fut. , Hdt.1.19, A.Ag. 1083: [tense] aor.ἔχρησα Hdt.4.156
, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor.ἐχρήσθην Id.1.49
, etc.: [tense] pf. κέχρησμαι (v.l. κέχρημαι) Id.4.164, 7.141: [tense] plpf. ἐκέχρηστο (v.l. ἐκέχρητο) Id.2.147, 151, 3.64, etc.:—[voice] Med.,χρῶμαι Th.1.126
, etc., [dialect] Ion.χρέομαι Hdt.
, inf.χρέεσθαι 1.157
( χρᾶσθαι ib. 172); part.χρεώμενος 4.151
: [tense] impf. [ per.] 3pl. ἐχρέωντο (v.l. ἐχρέοντο) 4.157, 5.82: [tense] fut.χρήσομαι Od.10.492
, etc.I in [voice] Act. of the gods and their oracles, proclaim, abs., : : c. acc. rei, χρήσω ἀνθρώποισι Διὸς βουλήν ib. 132, cf. Thgn.807, Pi.l.c., Plot.2.9.9;ἡ Πυθίη οἱ χρᾷ τάδε Hdt.1.55
, cf. 4.155; χρῆσεν οἰκιστῆρα Βάττον proclaimed him the colonizer, Pi.P.4.6; also in Trag., ; ;χρῇ μοι τοιαῦθ' ὁ Φοῖβος S.El.35
;σοὶ δ' οὐκ ἔχρησεν οὐδέν E.Hec. 1268
;χ. φόνον Id.El. 1267
: also c. acc. cogn.,χ. χρησμόν Id.Ph. 409
; (lyr.): c. inf., warn or direct by oracle, ; without ὥστε, ib. 203; χρήσαντ' ἐμοὶ.. ἐκτὸς αἰτίας κακῆς εἶναι that I should be.., Id.Ch. 1030; c. inf. [tense] aor., Ar. V. 159: rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,τάδε ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔχρησεν IG12.80.10
; ;τοῦ θεοῦ χρήσαντος Id.5.32
, cf. Lycurg.99;ἔχρησεν ὁ θεός SIG1044.5
(Halic., iv/iii B. C.);ὁ θεὸς ἔχρησε IG42(1).122.78
(Epid., iv B. C.).II [voice] Pass., to be declared, proclaimed by an oracle, ; mostly of the oracle delivered,τὰ ἐκ Δελφῶν οὕτω τῷ Κροίσῳ ἐχρήσθη Hdt.1.49
;τὰ χρηστήρια ταῦτά σφι ἐχρήσθη Id.9.94
;ἠπίως χρησθῆναι Id.7.143
; τὸ χρησθέν, τὰ χρησθέντα, the response, Id.1.63, 7.178;ἐν Πυθῶνι χρησθὲν παλαίφατον Pi.O.2.39
;πεύθου τὰ χρησθέντ' S.OT 604
; χρησθὲν αὐτῷ ἐν Νεμέᾳ τοῦτο παθεῖν since it was foretold him by an oracle that.. Th.3.96; ἃ τοῦδ' ἐχρήσθη σώματος which were declared about it, S.OC 355;τὸν κεχρησμένον θάνατον Hdt.4.164
(- χρημ- codd.);τοῦ κακοῦ τοῦ κεχρησμένου Id.7.141
(v.l. -χρημ-): impers., c. inf., καί σφι ἐχρήσθη ἀνέμοισι εὔχεσθαι ib. 178: c. acc. et inf.,ἐκέχρηστό σφι.. τοῦτον βασιλεύσειν Id.2.147
; c. inf. [tense] aor., Id.7.220.III [voice] Med., of the person to whom the response is given, consult a god or oracle, c. dat.,ψυχῇ χρησόμενος Θηβαίου Τειρεσίαο Od.10.492
, 565; χ. θεῷ, χρηστηρίοισι, μαντηΐῳ, Hdt.1.47, 53, 157;τῷ θεῷ Aeschin.3.124
;χ. μάντεσι Μούσαις Ar.Av. 724
(anap.), cf. Pl. Lg. 686a;ὅσοι μαντικὴν νομίζοντες οἰωνοῖς χρῶνται X.Mem.1.1.3
; χ. χρηστηρίῳ εἰ .. inquire at the oracle whether.., Hdt.3.57: abs.,ὑπέρβη λάϊνον οὐδὸν χρησόμενος Od.8.81
, cf. h.Ap. 252, 292;ἀπέστειλε ἄλλους χρησομένους Hdt.1.46
; οἱ χρώμενοι the consulters, E.Ph. 957;χρωμένῳ ἐν Δελφοῖς Th.1.126
; alsoχ. περὶ τοῦ πολέμου Hdt.7.220
, cf. 1.85, 4.150, 155, etc.; having inquired of an oracle,Arist.
Rh. 1398b33: c. inf., σωφρονεῖν κεχρημένον being divinely warned to be temperate, A.Pers. 829, cf. Marcellin.Vit. Thuc.6: later simply, receive a divine revelation, Plot.5.3.14.—Hom. has the word in this sense only in Od.: the [voice] Act. only in [tense] pres. part. χρείων ([tense] fut. ): the [voice] Med. only in part. [tense] fut. χρησόμενος.B furnish with a thing, in which sense the [tense] pres. was [full] κίχρημι, D.53.12, Plu.Pomp.29; Cret. [ per.] 3sg.κίγχρητι Inscr.Cret.1 xxiii 3
(Phaestus, ii B. C.); Delph. [ per.] 3sg. [tense] pres. subj. (iv B. C.): [tense] aor. χρέη ib.13; [tense] pres. part. κιχρέντε ib.adn. (rarely [full] χρηννύναι, [full] χρηννύω, Thphr.Char.5.10, 10.13: [voice] Med.,χρηννυόμεθα PCair.Zen. 304.4
(iii B. C.)): [tense] fut.χρήσω Hdt.3.58
: [tense] aor. ἔχρησα ibid., 6.89, Ar. Th. 219, X.Mem.3.11.18, Lys.19.24, IG12.108.16, etc. ([ per.] 3sg. writtenἔκχρησεν IG12(3).1350.4
([place name] Thera)); imper. , Pl. Com.205: [tense] pf.κέχρηκα Men.461
, 598, Plb.29.21.6 ( = D.S.31.10): [tense] plpf.ἐκεχρήκει App.BC2.29
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. κέχρημαι ([etym.] δια-) D.27.11:—[voice] Med., [tense] pres.κίχρᾰμαι Plu.2.534b
; inf.κίχρασθαι Thphr.Char.30.20
: [tense] impf.ἐκιχράμην AP9.584.10
: [tense] aor. ἐχρησάμην, imper. (lyr.), etc.:— furnish the use of a thing, i.e. lend, usu. in a friendly way, δανείζω being the word applied to usurers (but χ. = δανείζω in Antipho Soph.54), ll. cc.;οὐ δεδωκώς, ἀλλὰ χρήσας Arist.EN 1162b33
, cf. LXX Ex.11.3;ἡ πειρατικὴ δύναμις χρήσασα ταῖς βασιλικαῖς ὑπηρεσίαις ἑαυτήν Plu.Pomp.24
;χ. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σχολήν τισι Id.Phil. 13
; χ. τὰν χέρα, in the formula of manumission, IG9(1).189, 194 ([place name] Tithora):—[voice] Med., borrow, τι E.El. 191 (lyr.), Thphr.Char.30.20: abs., ; πόδας χρήσας, ὄμματα χρησάμενος having lent feet and borrowed eyes, of a blind man carrying a lame one, AP9.13 (Pl.Jun.), cf. Pl.Demod. 384b, 384c.II = χρηματίζω 111,τοῦ χρέοντος γραμματέως CIG2562.18
(s. v. l., Hierapytna).------------------------------------χράομαι. (See also χράω)C [voice] Med. [full] χράομαι, [dialect] Att. [full] χρῶμαι, χρῇ prob. in Pl.Hp.Mi. 369a, (anap.), etc. (also Trag., A.Ag. 953), χρώμεθα, χρῆσθε, χρῶνται, And.4.6, Pl.La. 194c, Th.1.70, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [full] χρέομαι Sophr.126; [dialect] Ion.χρᾶται Hdt.1.132
, al. (so in later Prose, Iamb. in Nic.p.28 P.); χρέεται v.l. in Hdt.4.50;χρέονται Hp.
Aër.1;χρέωνται Hdt.1.34
, 4.108, al.;χρείωνται Heraclit.104
; opt.χρῴμην, χρῷο Pl. Cri. 45b
,χρῷτο Gorg.Fr.20
, etc.; [dialect] Ion.χρέοιτο Hp.Acut.56
; imper.χρῶ Democr.270
, Ar.Th. 212, Isoc.1.34, [dialect] Ion.χρέο Hp.Steril.230
, Hdt. 1.155 (v.l. χρέω, as in Hp.Acut. (Sp.) 62); [ per.] 3sg. [dialect] Dor. (Chalcedon, iii/ii B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.χρῆσθε And.1.11
; [ per.] 3pl. (s. v.l.; v. infr.111.4b), Th.5.18;χρώσθων IG12.122.5
; [dialect] Dor.χρόνσθω Mnemos.57.208
(Argos, vi B. C.); inf. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion.χρῆσθαι IG12.57.19
, Ar.Av. 1040, Lys.25.20, SIG57.5 (Milet., v B. C.), IG12(5).593 A12 (Ceos, v B. C.); [dialect] Ion. and Hellenisticχρᾶσθαι Hdt. 2.15
, 3.20, al., IG12(5).606.9 (Ceos, iv/iii B. C.), SIG344.50 (Teos, iv B. C.), 1106.80 (Cos, iv/iii B. C.), PCair.Zen.299.10 (iii B. C.), OGI214.19 (Didyma, iii B. C.), IG22.1325.24 (both forms in Phld.Rh.1.66S. and Ph.Bel.,χρῆσθαι 57.35
, al.,χρᾶσθαι 53.49
, al.), [dialect] Ion. χρέεσθαι as v.l. for χρῆσθαι Hdt.1.21, 187, al. ( χρῆσθαι ib. 153 codd.), so in Arc., IG5 (2).514.14 (Lycosura, ii B. C.), Eleanχρηῆσται Inscr.Olymp.1.3
(vii/vi B. C.), [dialect] Boeot.χρειεῖσθη IG7.3169
(Orchom., iii B. C.); [dialect] Locr. and [dialect] Lacon.χρῆσται IG9(1).334.19
, 23 (Oeanthea, v B. C.), 5(1).1317.8 (Thalamae, iv/iii B. C.); part. [dialect] Att. , IG12.81.6, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.χρεώμενος Il.23.834
(as a dactyl), Hdt.2.108, Hp.Acut.18, [dialect] Dor. , 438.11 (both Delph., iii B. C.), Berl.Sitzb.1927.156 ([place name] Cyrene),χρήμενος Riv.Fil.58.472
(Gortyn, iii B. C.), ([place name] Dodona): [tense] impf. [dialect] Att. , , And.1.49,ἐχρῆτο Th.1.130
, etc.; pl.,ἐχρώμεθα Lys.Fr.29
, , etc.; [dialect] Ion.ἐχρᾶτο Hdt.2.173
(v.l. -ῆτο), 3.3, 129, al. (also found in Anaxipp.1.9 codd.Ath.),ἐχρέωντο Hdt.2.108
, al.: butἐχρῆτο 3.41
codd., Herod.6.55, ([etym.] προς-) Hp.Epid.3.17.ά: [tense] fut. (lyr.), etc.; alsoκεχρήσομαι Theoc.16.73
: [tense] aor. , Th.5.7, al.: [tense] pf. κέχρημαι (v. infr. 1): [tense] aor. ἐχρήσθην in pass. sense (v. infr. vii):—in [tense] pf. κέχρημαι (with [tense] pres. sense) c. gen., desire, yearn after, the usual sense in [dialect] Ep., οὔτ' εὐνῆς πρόφασιν κεχρημένος (sc. αὐτῆς)οὔτε τευ ἄλλου Il.19.262
;νόστου κεχρημένον ἠδὲ γυναικός Od.1.13
;κομιδῆς κεχρημένοι ἄνδρες 14.124
, cf. 17.421, 20.378, 22.50;μαντοσυνεων κεχρημένοι Emp.112.10
.2 to be in want of, lack,τοῦ κεχρημένοι; S.Ph. 1264
, cf. E.IA 382 (troch.); [βορᾶς] κεχρημένοι Id.Cyc.98
;οὐ πόνων κεχρήμεθα Id.Med. 334
;τίνος κέχρησθε, γυναῖκες; Theoc.26.18
: [tense] fut.,ὃς ἐμεῦ κεχρήσετ' ἀοιδοῦ Id.16.73
; χρήσομεθα εἰς τὰ ἔργα καὶ ὁδοῦ.. καὶ ὕδατος we shall need.., SIG1182.12 (Ephes., iii B. C.): freq. abs. in part. κεχρημένος, lacking, needy, Od.14.155, 17.347, Hes.Op. 317, 500, E.Supp. 327, Pl.Lg. 717c: but κεχρηόσι δαίτης is f.l. for κεχαρηόσι in Nic.Fr.70.18.3 [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf. κέχρημαι, κεχρήμην, in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. sense, c. dat., enjoy, have, φρεσὶ γὰρ κέχρητ' ἀγαθῇσι ([etym.] ν) Od.3.266, 14.421, 16.398; αὕτη (sc. ἡ χώρη) Aër.12; ἡ καταδεεστέροις τούτοις (sc. τοῖς εἴδεσι)κεχρημένη τραγῳδία Arist.Po. 1450a32
, cf. a13, b33; ἄλλαις, μικραῖς διαφοραῖς, Id.Metaph. 1042b31, Phgn. 809a8; ὑγροτέραις σαρξί ib. b11; θριξὶ ξανθαῖς ib.25;καθαρωτάτῳ.. αἵματι Id.Resp. 477a21
; τῶν.. πλαγίαις ταῖς ῥάβδοις κεχρημένων (sc. ἰχθύων) Id.Fr. 295;εὐγενείᾳ κεχρημένος IG42(1).83.10
(Epid., i A. D.);σφαιρικῷ ὄγκῳ PLit.Lond.167.25
(ii/iii A. D.), cf. κεχρημένως ([place name] Addenda); so in [tense] pres.,χρῶνται δειλαῖς φρεσὶ, δαίμονι δ' ἐσθλῷ Thgn.161
; μέρητραγῳδίας, οἷς ὡς εἴδεσι δεῖ χρῆσθαι, πρότερον εἴπομεν Arist.Po. 1452b14
, cf. 1458b14.II use, [tense] pres. once in Hom., abs.,ἑξει μιν καὶ πέντε περιπλομένους ἐνιαυτοὺς χρεώμενος Il.23.834
: later mostly c. dat. (for acc. v. infr. VI), ;ἐσθῆτι τοιῇδε χρέωνται Hdt.1.195
, cf. 202, Ar.Ra. 1061 (anap.);διφασίοισι γράμμασι χ. Hdt.2.36
; τοῖσιοὐνόμασι τῶν θεῶν ib.52; πλατυτέροισι ἐχρέωντο τοῖσι πόμασι, ἐκ φρεάτων χρεώμενοι ib. 108; τοῖσι ἐποποιοῖσι χρεώμενον λέγειν ib. 120; ὅστις ἐμπύρῳ χρῆται τέχνῃ consults burnt offerings, E.Ph. 954; χ. ἀργυρίῳ make use of money, Pl.R. 333b; ; χ. ἵπποις manage them, X.Smp.2.10; χ. ἰχθύσι use for food, Plu.2.668f; οἴνῳ χ. ἐπὶ πλέον ib.715d; χ. ναυτιλίῃσι, θαλάσσῃ, Hdt.2.43, Th.1.3;ὠνῇ καὶ πρήσι Hdt.1.153
;δρασμῷ Aeschin.3.21
;τέχναις X.Mem.3.10.1
, Oec.4.4;τῇ τέχνῃ POxy.1029.25
(ii A. D.); χρώμενοι τῇ πόλει taking a part in politics, E. Ion 602; ; ἄλλον τρόπον τῇ πολιτείᾳ κέχρημαι, = πεπολίτευμαι, Hyp.Eux.28;φωνὴν δυναμένην ὄχλῳ χρῆσθαι Isoc.5.81
; τῇ τραπέζῃ τῇ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐχρῆτο he had dealings with my father's bank, D.52.3; χ. τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς καιροῖς administer them, Isoc.6.50.III experience, suffer, be subject to, esp. external events or conditions, having experienced,Pi.
N.4.58;κείμεθ' ἀγηράντῳ χρώμενοι εὐλογίῃ Simon.100.4
;νιφετῷ Hdt.4.50
;στίβῃ καὶ νιφετῷ Call.Epigr.33.3
; , D.18.194;λαίλαπι AP7.503
(Leon.); στυγεροῖς πνεύμασι Epigr. ap. D.S.13.41 (iv B. C.); ;οἰκεῖα πράγματ' εἰσάγων, οἷς χρώμεθ', οἷς σύνεσμεν Ar.Ra. 959
; ;ἀπεψίαις χ. IG42(1).126.4
(Epid., ii A. D.);ἑκὼν.. οὐδεὶς δουλίῳ χρῆται ζυγῷ A.Ag. 953
; νόμοισι χ. live under laws, Hdt. 1.173, 216, cf. IG9(1).334.19 ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.);νόμοις τοῖς ἰδίοις Riv.Fil.58.472
(Gortyn, iii B. C.);ἀνομίᾳ X.Mem.1.2.24
; (lyr.); χ. εὐμαρείᾳ to be at ease, S.Tr. 193 (but, ease oneself, Hdt.2.35);συντυχίῃ χ. Id.5.41
; , And.1.67, 120;πολλῇ εὐτυχίᾳ Pl.Men. 72a
; πολλῇ τῇ νίκῃ χρῆται, = παρὰ πολὺ νικᾷ, And.4.31;συμφορῇ κεχρημένος Hdt.1.42
, cf. E.Med. 347;τοιούτῳ μόρῳ ἐχρήσατο ὁ παῖς Hdt. 1.117
; θείῃ πομπῇ χρεώμενος divinely sent, ib.62; of mental conditions present in the subject, τῷ χόλῳ χρέομαι I feel anger, Sophr. 126;λογισάμενος ἢν εὑρίσκῃ πλέω τε καὶ μέζω τὰ ἀδικήματα ἐόντα τῶν ὑποργημάτων, οὕτω τῷ θυμῷ χρᾶται Hdt.1.137
; μὴ πάντα θυμῷ χρέο ib. 155;ὀργῇ χρωμένη S.OT 1241
;ὀργῇ μεγάλῃ μοι ἐχρήσω LXX Jb.10.17
, cf. 19.11, al.; ἀγνωμοσύνῃ χρησάμενοι ἀπέστησαν they stiffened their necks and.. Hdt.5.83; οἴησις γάρ, καὶ μάλιστα ἐν ἰητρικῇ, αἰτίην μὲντοῖσι κεχρημένοισιν, ὄλεθρον δὲ τοῖσι χρεωμένοισι ἐπιφέρει vanity brings blame on its possessor (or victim) and ruin on those who consult him, Hp Decent.4;πολλῇ ἀνοίᾳ χρώμενος Antipho 3.3.2
;ἀμαθίᾳ πλέονι.. χρῆσθε Th.1.68
;ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις μείζοσιν ἢ κατὰ τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν οὐσίαν ἐχρῆτο Id.6.15
;φθόνῳ καὶ διαβολῇ χ. Pl.Ap. 18d
;οὺ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀλλὰ τῇ τοῦ πατάξαντος χρησάμενος ἀπέθανεν Antipho 4.3.4
;τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι παραπλησίοις ἐχρήσαντο Isoc.8.104
;μή τι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην; 2 Ep.Cor.1.17
.2 with verbal nouns. periphr. for the verb derived from the noun, ἀληθέϊ λόγῳ χ. use true speech, i.e. speak the truth, Hdt.1.14; ἀληθείῃ χ. ib. 116, 7.101; βοῇ χ. set up a cry, Id.4.134; τοιούτῳ πράγματι οὐ κέχρησαι, = οὐδὲν τοιοῦτο ἔπραξας, Hyp.Eux.11; δαψιλέϊ τῷ ποτῷ (fort. πότῳ)χρησαμένους Hdt.2.121
.δ'; ἐσόδῳ χρέο πυκνῶς visit often, Hp.Decent.13;ἡ σελήνη.. διὰ παντὸς τῇ ἴσῃ παραυξήσει καὶ μειώσει χρῆται Gem.18.16
.3 c. dupl. dat., use as so and so,τοῖς ἀγαθοῖσιν.. χ. πρὸς τὰ κακὰ ἀλκῇ Democr.173
;μιᾷ πόλει ταύτῃ χ. Th.2.15
;χ. τῷ σίτῳ ὄψῳ ἢ τῷ ὄψῳ σίτῳ X.Mem.3.14.4
.4 χ. τισιν ἔς τι use for an end or purpose, Hdt.1.34;πρός τι X.Oec.11.13
;ἐπί τι Id.Mem.1.2.9
; ἀμφί or περί τι, Id.Oec.9.6, An.3.5.10; with neut. Adj. or Pron. as Adv., τάδε [τῷ ἀμφιβλήστρῳ] χ. makes the following use of the net, Hdt.2.95;χρέωνται οὐδὲν ἐλαίῳ Id.1.193
; χρυσῷ καὶ χαλκῷ τὰ πάντα χρέωνται ib. 215; λογισμῷ ἐλάχιστα χ., πλεῖστα ἀρετῇ χ., Th.2.11, 5.105; τί χρήσεταί ποτ' αὐτῷ; what use will he make of him? Ar.Ach. 935, cf. X.An.1.3.18;χ. τἀνδρὶ τοῖς τ' ἐμοῖς λόγοις S.Tr.60
; .b treat, deal with, , cf. Ar.Nu. 439 (anap.; fort. delendum χρήσθων), Isoc.12.107; εἰ τύχοι (sc. γυνὴ)μὴ ἐπιτηδεία γενομένη, τί χρὴ τῇ συμφορᾷ χρῆσθαι; Antipho Soph.49
; ἀπορέων ὅ τι χρήσηται τῷ παρεόντι πρήγματι not knowing what to make of it, Hdt.7.213;ἠπόρει ὅτι χρήσαιτο Pl.Prt. 321c
;οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις ὅτι χρῷο σαυτῷ Id.Cri. 45b
; in elliptical phrases,τί οὖν χρησώμεθα; Id.Ly. 213c
;Θηβαίους ἔχοντες.. τί χρήσεσθε; D.8.74
: c. dat. et acc. cogn., , cf. 785b, Clit. 407e.IV of persons, χρῆσθαί τινι ὡς .. treat him as..,χ. τινὶ ὡς ἀνδρὶ ψεύστῃ Hdt.7.209
; χ. [τισὶν] ὡς πολεμίοις, ὡς φίλοις καὶ πιστοῖς, treat as friends or enemies, regard them as such, Th.1.53, X.Cyr.4.2.8; soφιλικώτερον χρῆσθαί τισι Id.Mem.4.3.12
;ὑβριστικῶς χ. τισί D.56.12
; also withoutὡς, ἔμοιγε χρώμενος διδασκάλῳ A.Pr. 324
, cf. Heraclit.104;ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
; ;πλείστοις καὶ δεινοτάτοις ἐχροῖς χ. And.4.2
;ἀσθενέσι χ. πολεμίοις X.Cyr.3.2.4
.b χρῆσθαί τινι (without φίλῳ) to be intimate with a man, X.Hier.5.2, Mem.4.8.11;χρῆσθαι καὶ συνεῖναί τισι And.1.49
; ἀνάγκη, ὃς ἂν γένηται (sc. παῖς, son), τούτῳ χρῆσθαι one must put up with the son that is born, Democr.277: ἰητρῷ μὴ χρωμένους not consulting a doctor, Hp. de Arte5 (so c. dat. et acc., ἐσιέναι παρὰ βασιλέα μηδένα, δι' ἀγγέλων δὲ πάντα χρᾶσθαι (sc. αὐτῷ) deal with him in everything by messengers, Hdt.1.99); so Πλάτωνι, Ξενοφῶντι, χ. use, study their writings, Plu.2.79d: abs., friends,X.
Ages.11.13, Mem.2.6.5, Isoc.6.44.2 esp. of sexual intercourse,γυναιξὶ ἐχρᾶτο Hdt.2.181
, cf. X.Mem.1.2.29, 2.1.30, Is.3.10, D.59.67.3 χρῆσθαι ἑαυτῷ make use ofoneself or one's powers, with a part.,οὐδ' ὑγιαίνοντι χρώμενος ἑαυτῷ Plu.Nic.17
;αὑτῷ νήφοντι χ. Id.Eum.16
: so with an Adv.,χ. ἑαντῷ πρὸς τοὺς κινδύνους ἀφειδῶς Id.Alex.45
; παρέχειν ἑαυτὸν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς χρῆσθαι place oneself at the disposal of another, X.Cyr.1.2.13, cf. 8.1.5.V abs., or with Adv., χρῶνται Πέρσαι οὕτω so the Persians are wont to do, such is their custom. ib.4.3.23.VI in later Gk. ( τῷ μεγαλόφρονι shd. be read for τὸ μεγαλόφρον in X.Ages.11.11) c. acc. rei,χ. τὰ ἀπὸ λιμένων.. εἰς διοίκησιν τῆς πόλεως Arist.Oec. 1350a7
; [θησαυρὸν] χρησάμενοι (v.l. κτησάμενοι) LXXWi.7.14;οἱ χρώμενοι τὸν κόσμον ὡς μὴ καταχρώμενοι 1 Ep.Cor.7.31
;ἄνηθον μετ' ἐλαίου χρήσασθαι IG42(1).126.27
(Epid., ii A. D.);ὕδωρ χρῶ PTeb.273.28
(ii/iii A. D.):— for Hdt.1.99, v. supr. IV. 1b.VII [voice] Pass., to be used, esp. in [tense] aor., αἱ δὲ (sc. αἱ νέες)οὐκ ἐχρήσθησαν Hdt.7.144
; τέως ἂν χρησθῇ so long as it be in use, D.21.16; [σιδήρου τοῦ] χρησθέντος εἰς τύλους Supp.Epigr.4.447.48
(Didyma, ii B. C.); Hsch. also has χρησθήσεται· χρησιμεύσει:—v. supr. A.11. -
49 लॄ _lॄ
लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.-4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.-5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.-6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.-7 Peerless, matchless.-8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.-9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.-1 True.-11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.-कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.(-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.-2 unity, a unit; Hch.-का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].-Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.-अक्ष a.1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.-2 having one eye.-3 having an excellent eye.(-क्षः) 1 a crow.-2 N. of Śiva.-अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.(-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.-2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.-3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.-4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.-अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire.-अग्र a.1 fixed on one object or point only.-2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.-3 unperplexed.-4 known, cele- brated.-5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.-अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.-अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.-2 the planet Mercury or Mars.-3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.-4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.(-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.-2 sandal wood.-3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.-अञ्जलिः A handful.-अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.-अण्डः a kind of horse.-अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.-अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).-अनुदिष्ट a.1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.-अन्त a.1 solitary, retired.-2 aside, apart.-3 directed towards one point or object only.-4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.-5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.-6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.(-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.-2 exclusiveness.-3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.-4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.-2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.-3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.-अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever.-अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.-अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.-अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.-अन्नम् one and the same food.(-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.-2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.-अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.-अब्दा a heifer one year old.- अयन a.1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.-2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.(-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.-2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.-3 union of thoughts.-4 monotheism.-5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.-6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.-7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.-अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.-अर्थ a.1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.-2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.(-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.-2 the same meaning.-3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.- अवम a. inferior or less by one.- अवयव a. made up of the same components.-अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.-अशीतिः f. eighty-one.-अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.-2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).-अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).-अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).-अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.-2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.-आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.-आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.-आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.-आयु a.1 providing the most excellent food.-2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.-आवलिः, -ली f.1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.-2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.-आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.-उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.-उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.-उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.-उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).-उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.-उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.-ऊन a. less by one, minus one.-ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.-एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.(-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.-श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.-˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.-ओघः 1 a continuous current.-2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.-कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.-कर a. (-री f.)1 doing only one thing.-2 (-रा) one-handed.-3 one-rayed.-कार्य a.1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.-2 answering the same end.-3 having the same occu- pation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business.-कालः 1 one time.-2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.-कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.-कालीन a.1 happening once only;-2 Contemporary, coeval.-कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.-कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.-क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).-गम्यः the supreme spirit.-गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).-ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village.-ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.-चक्र a.1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.-2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.-चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.-चर a.1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.-2 having one attendant.-3 living un- assisted.-4 going together or at the same time.-5 gregarious.-6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.(-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.-2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.- चरण a. having only one foot.-चारिन् a.1 living alone, solitary.-2 going alone or with one follower only.-3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife.-चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.(-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.-2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.-चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.-चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.-चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.-चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number.-च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.-च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.-ज a.1 born alone or single.-2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.-3 alone of its kind.-4 uniform, unchanging.-जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.-जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.-जन्मन् m.1 a king.-2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.-जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.-जाति a.1 once born.-2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.-जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.-जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.-ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.-ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.-तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.(-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.-2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः-ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.-तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).-लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.-तीर्थिन् a.1 bathing in the same holy water.-2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.-तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).-त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.-त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.-दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.-दण्डिन् m.1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.-2 N. of a Vedantic school.-दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).-दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.-दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.-दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.1 a crow.-2 N. of Śiva.-3 a philosopher.-दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.-दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.-देवः the Supreme god.-देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.-देश a. occupying the same place.(-शः) 1 one spot or place.-2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.-देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.-देह, -देहिन् a.1 having only one body.-2 elegantly formed.(-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.-2 (du.) Husband and wife.-धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.(-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.-2 honorific offering.-धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,-धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.-2 professing the same religion.-धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.1 fit for but one kind of labour.-2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).-धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.-नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.-नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.-नयनः The planet Venus.-नवतः ninety-first.-नवतिः f. ninety-one.-नाथ a. having one master.(-थः) 1 sole master or lord.-2 N. of an author.-नायकः N. of Śiva.-निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.-निपातः A particle which is a single word.-निष्ठ a.1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).-2 intently fixed on one object.-नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).-2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.-पक्ष a.1 of the same side or party, an associate.-2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.-पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.-पतिक a. having the same husband.-पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.-2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.-3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.-पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)-पद्, -पाद् a.1 one-footed, limping, lame.-2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66-पद a.1 one-footed.-2 consisting of or named in one word.(-दम्) 1 a single step.-2 single or simple word.-3 the time required to pronounce a single word.-4 present time, same time;(-दः) 1 a man having one foot.-2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.(-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.-2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.-3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.-पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.-परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.-पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.-2 N. of Durgā.-3 a plant having one leaf only.-पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.-पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.-पाणः a single wager.-पात a. happening at once, sudden.-तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).-पतिन् a.1 sudden.-2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.-पाद a.1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.-2 using only one foot.(-दः) 1 one or single foot.-2 one and the same Pāda.-3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.-पादिका a kind of posture of birds.-पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.-पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.-पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.-पुत्र a. having only one son.-पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;-2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.-पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.-प्रकार a. of the same kind.-प्रख्य a. singularly like.-प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.-प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).-प्रस्थः a measure.-प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.-प्राणयोगः union in one breath.-बुद्धि a. having only one thought.-भक्त a.1 serving one master only.-2 worshipping one deity.-3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.-भक्ति a.1 believing in one deity.-2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.-भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only.-भाव a. of the same or one nature.-2 sincerely devoted.-3 honest, sincerely disposed.(-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.-2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्-भूत a.1 being one, undivided-2 concentrated, closely attentive.-भूमः a palace having one floor.-भोजन, -भुक्त a.1 eating but one meal.-2 eating in common.-मति a.1 fixed on one object.-2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.-मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.-2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.-मात्र a. of one syllable.-मुख a.1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.-2 having the same aim.-3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.-4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).(-खम्) 1 gambling.-2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).-मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.-मूला = अतसी q. v.-यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.-योनि a.1 uterine.-2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.-रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).-रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.-रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.-रस a.1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.-2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.-3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.-4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.(-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.-2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment.-राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.-रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.-रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.-राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.-2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.-रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.-रूप a.1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.-2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.(-पम्) 1 one form or kind;-2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.-रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.-लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.-2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.-वचनम् the singular number.-वर्ण a.1 of one colour.-2 identical, same.-3 of one tribe or caste.-4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).(-र्णः) 1 one form.-2 a Brāhmaṇa.-3 a word of one syllable.-4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.-वर्णिक a.1 of one colour.-2 of one caste.-वर्षिका a heifer one year old.-वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment.-वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.-वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.-वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.-वाचक a. Synonymous.-वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).-2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.-वारम्, -वारे ind.1 only once.-2 at once, suddenly.-3 at one time.-वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.-वासा A woman; Nigh.-विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.-विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.-कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.-विंशतिः f. twentyone.-विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.-विध a. of one kind; simple.-विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.-विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).-वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.-रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.-वृक्षः 1 one tree.-2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.-वृत f. heaven.-वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.-2 one heap or collection.-वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.-वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.-वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.-व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.-व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.-शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.-शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.-शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).-शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.-शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.-शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.-शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.-शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.-शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.-शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.-शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.-शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.(-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.-2 N. of Viṣṇu.-3 a class of Pitṛis.-4 a mountain having one top.-शेपः a tree having one root.-शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.-श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.-श्रुतिः f.1 monotony.-2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.-श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.-षष्ट a. sixty-first.-षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.-संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.-सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.-सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.-सभम् a common place of meeting.-सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration.-सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.-साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.-सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.-सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).-स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.-स्थ a.1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.-2 close-standing, standing side by side.-3 collected, combined.-स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.-2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.-हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.-हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year. -
50 FRAM
* * *adv.1) forward; hann féll f. á. fœtr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet; f. rétt, straight on; koma f., to reappear;3) on the fore part, in front, opp. to aptr( maðr f., en dýr aptr); aptr ok f., fore and aft, of a ship;4) joined with preps. and particles, bíða f. á dag, f. á nótt, to wait far into the day, or night; bíða f. um jól, to wait till after Yule; fyrir lög f., in spite of the law; f. undan eyjunni; off the island;5) of time, hversu er f. orðit, how late is it, what time is it? f. orðit dags, late in the day.* * *adv.—the Icel. has a triple adverbial form, fram, denoting the going to a place (ad locum); frammi, the being in a place (in loco); framan, the going from a place (a loco)—compar. framarr (mod. framar) or fremr, = Goth. framis; superl. framast (framarst) or fremst: proncd. with a double m = framm; and that such was the case in olden times may be seen from Fms. vi. 385 and Skálda 168, 171. This adv. with its compds and derivatives may be said to have been lost in Germ. as well as Engl., and at a very early time. Even Ulf. uses fram as a prep. in the sense of ἀπό, like the A. S. and Engl. from, Swed. från: only in two passages Ulf. uses fram as adv., viz. Rom. xiii. 12, where he renders ‘the night is far spent’ (nóttin er um liðin of the Icel. N. T.) by framis galeiþan, which recalls to mind the Icel. fram-liðinn = deceased, past; and Mark i. 19, where προβαίνειν is rendered by gaggan framis = Icel. ganga framarr or ganga fram; cp. also the Goth. compds fram-gahts = progress, Philipp. i. 25; fram-aldrs = stricken in years; fram-vigis = Icel. fram-vegis; fram-vairþis = further: in O. H. G. vram = ultra still occurs, but is now lost in Germ. as well as in Engl.: the Icel., on the other hand, makes a clear distinction between the prep. frá ( from) and fram, on, forward, = Gr. πρόσω, Lat. porro, pro-; in some compds the sense from appears, e. g. framandi, a stranger,—Ulf. framaþeis, prop. one who is far off or from far off; so also fram-liðinn, gone, past; ganga fram, to die.A. fram, forward, (opp. to aptr, backward); aðra leið aptr en fram, 655 xxxii. 18; hann féll fram á fætr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet, Eg. 92; stefna fram ( to go on) hina neðri leið, 582; brautin liggr þar fram í milli, id.; cf þeir vilja fram, or, fram á leið, forward, Sks. 483; fram rétt, straight on, Fms. ii. 273, v. l.; fram, fram! on, on! a war cry, Ó. H. 215: koma fram, to reappear, arrive, after being long unheard of; hann kom fram í Danmörku, Fms. i. 62; hann kom fram í kaupstað þeim er …, Ísl. ii. 332; ok kómu þar fram, er Kirjálar vóru á fjalli, Eg. 58: the phrase, fram í ættir, in a far or distant degree (of relationship), 343: people in Icel. in the 14th century used to say, fram til Noregs, up to Norway (cp. up to London), Dipl. ii. 15, 16.II. fram is generally applied to any motion outwards or towards the open, opp. to inn, innar; thus fram denotes the outer point of a ness, fram á nes; Icel. also say, fram á sjó, towards the high sea, (but upp or inn at landi, landwards); also, towards the verge of a cliff or the like, fram á hamarinn (bergit), Eg. 583: when used of a house fram means towards the door, thus, fara fram í dyr (eldhús), but inn or innar í baðstofu (hence fram-bær), var hón ávalt borin fram ok innar, she was borne in a litter out and in, Bs. i. 343: of a bed or chair fram denotes the outside, the side farthest from the wall, horfir hón til þils, en bóndi fram, she turned her face to the wall, but her husband away from it, Vígl. 31.β. again, Icel. say, fram á dal, up dale, opp. to ofan dalinn, down dale.III. without motion, the fore part, opp. to aptr, hinder part (cp. fram-fætr); aptr krókr en fram sem sporðr, Fms. ii. 179; maðr fram en dýr aptr (of a centaur), 673. 2, Sks. 179; aptr ok fram, fore and aft, of a ship, Fms. ix. 310.IV. joined with prepp. or particles, Lat. usque; bíða fram á dag, fram á nótt, fram í myrkr, to wait far into the day, night, darkness, Bs. ii. 145; bíða fram yfir, er fram um Jól, etc., to bide till after Yule; um fram, past over; sitja um þat fram er markaðrinn stóð, to stay till the fair is past, Fb. i. 124; fram um hamarinn (bergit), to pass the cliff, Eg. 582; ríða um fram, to ride past or to miss, Nj. 264, mod. fram hjá, cp. Germ. vorbei:—metaph., vera um fram e-n, above, surpassingly; um fram aðra menn, Fb. i. 91, Fms. vi. 58, passim; um alla hluti fram, above all things: yfir alla hluti fram, id., Stj. 7: besides, Sks. 41 new Ed.: fyrir lög fram, in spite of the law, Fms. iii. 157; fyrir rétt fram, 655 xx. 4; fyrir lof fram, without leave, Grág. i. 326; fyrir þat fram, but for that, ii. 99: the phrase, fyrir alla hluti fram, above all things, 623. 19.β. temp., fyrir fram means beforehand, Germ. voraus; vita, segja fyrir fram, to know, tell beforehand, Germ. voraus-sagen.γ. fram undan, projecting, stretching forward; fram undan eyjunni, Fms. ii. 305.δ. the phrase, fram, or more usually fram-orðit, of time, hvað er fram-orðit, how late is it? i. e. what is the time? Ld. 224; þá var fram-orðit, it was late in the day, Clem. 51; þá er fram var orðit, 623. 30: dropping ‘orðit,’ þeir vissu eigi hvat fram var (qs. fram orðit), they did not know the time of day, K. Þ. K. 90: with gen., fram-orðit dags, late in the day, Fms. xi. 10, Ld. 174; áfram, on forward, q. v.V. with verbs,α. denoting motion, like pro- in Latin, thus, ganga, koma, sækja, falla, fljóta, renna, líða, fara … fram, to go, come, flow, fare … forward, Eg. 136, Fms. ii. 56, Jb. 75, passim: of time, líða fram, Bs. ii. 152 (fram-liðinn).β. rétta, halda fram, to stretch, hold forth, Nj. 3; flytja, bera, draga, leiða, færa, selja, setja fram, to bring … forward, Sks. 567; leggja fram, to ‘lay forth,’ discharge, Fms. v. 293, Nj. 3, 11; bjóða fram, to offer; eggja, hvetja fram, to egg on; segja fram, to pronounce; standa, lúta fram, etc.γ. sjá, horfa, stökkva … fram fyrir sik, to look, jump forward, opp. to aptr fyrir sik, Nj. 29:—impers., e-m fer fram, to grow, make progress; skara fram úr, to stand out.B. frammi, (for the pronunciation with a double m vide Skálda 169,) denotes in or on a place, without motion, and is formed in the same way as uppi from upp, niðri from niðr; Icel. thus say, ganga fram, niðr, upp, to go on, go down, go up; but vera frammi, niðri, uppi, to be in, etc.; if followed by a vowel, the final i may be dropt, thus, vera frammi á dal, or framm’ á dal, Hrafn. 6; sitja framm’ fyrir hásæti (= frammi fyrir), Ó. H. 5; just as one may say, vera niðr’ á (qs. niðri á) engjum, upp’ á (= uppi á) fjalli: as to direction, all that is said of fram also applies to frammi, only that frammi can but denote the being in a place; Icel. thus say, frammi á dal in a dale, frammi í dyrum in-doors, frammi á fjalli on a fell, frammi á gólfi on the floor, frammi á sjó, etc.; þeir Leitr sitja frammi í húsum, Fær. 181, cp. also Hrafn. 1; sitja (standa) frammi fyrir e-m, to sit ( stand) before one’s face, Hkr. ii. 81.II. metaph. the phrase, hafa e-t frammi, to perform a thing, Nj. 232, Sks. 161: to use, shew, in a bad sense, of an insult, threatening, or the like; hafa þeir f. mikil-mæli ok heita afarkostum, Hkr. i. 191: the particle í is freq. prefixed, hafa í frammi, (not á frammi as áfram, q. v.); svá fremi skaltú rógit í frammi hafa, Nj. 166; þarftú þá fleira í frammi at hafa en stóryrði ein ok dramblæti, Fas. i. 37; hafðú í frammi kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215: to exercise, Bs. i. 852; hafa f. ípróttir, Fms. ix. 8 (rare); láta, leggja f., to contribute, produce, Fas. iii. 118, Fms. vi. 211.C. framan, from the front side; framan at borðinu, to the front of the table, Fb. ii. 302; framan at e-u, in the face or front of (opp. to aptan að, from behind); skaltú róa at framan borðum skútunnar, thou shall row towards the boards of the boat, of one boat trying to reach another, Háv. 46; taka framan af e-u, to take ( cut) from the fore part, Od. xiv. 474; framan á skipinu, the fore part of the ship, Fms. ii. 179; framan um stafninn, vi. 78.β. temp., framan af sumri, vetri, hausti, váti, the beginning, first part of summer …; also simply framan af, in the beginning.γ. of the fore part of the body; nokkut hafit upp framan nefit, Ld. 272; réttnefjaðr ok hafit upp í framan-vert, a straight nose and prominent at the tip, Nj. 29; framan á brjóstið, on the breast; framan í andlitið, in the face; framan á knén, í stálhúfuna framan, Fms. viii. 337; framan á þjóhnappana, Sturl. i. 14 (better aptan á).δ. with the prep. í preceding; í framan, adv. in the face; rjóðr í framan, red in the face; fölr í framan, pale-faced, etc., freq. in mod. use.2. fyrir framan, before, in front of, with acc. (opp. to fyrir aptan, behind); fyrir framan slána, Nj. 45; fyrir framan hendr honum, 60; fyrir framan hamarinn, Eg. 583; fyrir framan merki, Fms. i. 27, ii. 84: as adv., menn stóðu með vápnum fyrir framan þar sem Flosi sat, before F. ‘s seat, Nj. 220; þá var skotið aptr lokhvílunni ok sett á hespa fyrir framan, Fms. ii. 84: að framan, above.3. as framan is prop. an adv. from the place, Icel. also say, koma framan af dal, framan af nesi, framan ór dyrum, etc., to come down the dale, etc., vide fram above.4. ‘framan til’ in a temp. sense, up to, until; nú líðr til þings framan, it drew near to the time of parliament, Nj. 12; líðr nú til þings framan, Ld. 88; leið nú framan til Jóla, Ísl. ii. 42; framan til Páska, Stj. 148; framan til vetrnátta, D. N.; framan til þess er hann átti við Glám, Grett. 155; framan til Leiðar, Anal. 172; frá upphafi heims framan, from the beginning of the world, Ver. 1; in mod. usage simply fram in all such instances.D. Compar. framarr, farther on; superl. framast, fremst, farthest on:1. loc., feti framarr, a step farther on, Lv. 59; þar er þeir koma framast, the farthest point they can reach, Grág. i. 111; þar sem hann kömr framast, 497; hvar hann kom framarst, Fms. xi. 416; svá kómu þeir fremst at þeir unnu þá borg, i. 114; þeir eru mest til þess nefndir at framast ( foremost) hafi verit, Ísl. ii. 368; þeir er fremst vóru, Fms. v. 78.2. temp. farthest back; er ek fremst um man, Vsp. 1; hvat þú fyrst um mant eða fremst um veizt, Vþm. 34; frá því ek má fremst muna, Dipl. v. 25.II. metaph. farther, more, superl. farthest, most; erat hann framarr skyldr sakráða við menn, Grág. i. 11; nema vér reynim oss framarr, Fær. 75; meta, hvárra þörf oss litisk framarr ganga, whose claim appeared to us the strongest, Dipl. ii. 5.β. with dat., venju framarr, more than usual; því framarr sem, all the more, Fms. i. 184.γ. with ‘en’ following; framar en, farther than, more than; mun hér því ( therefore) framarr leitað en hvarvetna annars-staðar, Fms. i. 213; at ganga framarr á hendr Þorleiki en mitt leyfi er til, Ld. 154; hversu Þorólfr var framarr en ek, Eg. 112; framarr er hann en ek, he is better than I, Nj. 3; sókn framarr ( rather) en vörn, 236; framarr en ( farther than) nú er skilt, Js. 48; því at hann væri framarr en aðrir menn at sér, better than other men, Mar. 25.2. superl., svá sem sá er framast ( foremost) elskaði, Fs. 80; svá sem framast má, 655 xi. 2; sem Guð lér honum framast vit til, Js. 5: with gen., konungr virði hann framast allra sona sinna, Fms. i. 6; at Haraldr væri framast þeirra bræðra, 59; framast þeirra at allri sæmd, viii. 272. -
51 HAFA
* * *(hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);hafa elda, to keep up a five;2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;5) to have, hold, maintain;hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;hafa heilindi, to have good health;6) to bring, carry;hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;7) to take, carry off;troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;8) to get, gain, win;hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;hafa betr (verr), to get the better (worse) of it;hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;hafa tafl, to win the game;hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;hafa sigr, to be worsted;hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;hafa sik vel, to behave;hafa vel, to be well off or happy;hafa hart, to be in a wretched plight;11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;later with indecl. neut. pp.;hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;14) with preps.:hafa e-t at, to do, act;hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one;hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;hafa sik við, to exert oneself;hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;15) refl., hafast.* * *pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.II. to hold:1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.6. with prepp. or infin.,α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.2. with prepp.:α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, thatα. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq. -
52 часть (или компонент), с безвинтовым креплением
часть (или компонент), с безвинтовым креплением
Доступная часть (или компонент), которая после крепления, установки, монтажа или сборки в (или на) оборудование или другой компонент или на специально подготовленное основание удерживается на месте с помощью определенных средств, независимых от применения винтов. Разборка или съем может требовать использование инструмента, который применяют непосредственно к этой части (или компоненту) или используют для получения доступа к средствам крепления.
Примечание. Примеры частей, которые не рассматриваются как части или компоненты с безвинтовым креплением:
- части компонентов, закрепляемые с помощью заклепок, клея или подобных средств;
- плоские втычные соединители;
- безвинтовые зажимы;
- стандартные вилки и розетки;
- стандартные приборные соединители, даже если они имеют дополнительные замковые устройства, предотвращающие разъединение одним действием:
- сменные лампы с байонетным патроном;
- скрученные конструкции;
- конструкции с фиксацией трением.
[ГОСТ IЕС 60730-1-2011]EN
screwless fixed part (or component)
accessible part (or component) which, after attachment, installation, mounting or assembly into or onto an equipment or another component, or to a specially prepared support, is retained in position by positive means which do not depend on screws
Note 1 to entry: Disassembly or removal may require the use of a tool, either applied directly to the part (or component), or to obtain access to the retaining means.
Note 2 to entry: The following are some examples of parts which are not regarded as screwless fixed parts or components:
- parts of components fixed permanently by rivets, glueing or similar means;
- flat, push on connectors;
- screwless terminals;
- standard plugs and socket outlets;
- standard appliance couplers, even if such have additional latching devices to prevent a single action uncoupling;
- the replacement of a lamp in a bayonet type lampholder;
- twist lug construction;
- friction fit construction.
FR
partie (ou élément) à fixation sans vis
partie (ou élément) accessible qui, après fixation, installation, montage ou assemblage dans ou sur un matériel ou autre élément, ou encore sur un support spécialement préparé, est maintenu en place par des moyens directs qui ne dépendent pas de vis
Note 1 à l'article: Le démontage ou enlèvement peut nécessiter un outil, utilisé directement sur la partie (ou élément), ou encore utilisé pour accéder au moyen de retenue.
Note 2 à l'article: Comme exemples de parties qui ne sont pas considérées comme parties (ou éléments) à fixation sans vis, on peut citer:
- des parties d'éléments fixées en permanence par rivets, collage ou moyens analogues;
- les connecteurs à languette;
- les bornes sans vis;
- les fiches et prises de courant normalisées;
- les socles de connecteur normalisés, même si ces socles comportent des dispositifs à loquet supplémentaires destinés à empêcher un débranchement à action unique;
- le remplacement d'une lampe à douille à baïonnette;
- la construction à cosse tournante;
- la construction à fixation par frottement.
Тематики
- электротехника, основные понятия
EN
FR
Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > часть (или компонент), с безвинтовым креплением
-
53 mpakato
------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] mpakato[Swahili Plural] mipakato[English Word] applied thing[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 3/4[Derived Word] paka V------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] mpakato[Swahili Plural] mipakato[English Word] bandaid[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 3/4[Derived Word] paka V------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] mpakato[Swahili Plural] mipakato[English Word] patch[English Plural] patches[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 3/4[Derived Word] paka V------------------------------------------------------------[Swahili Word] mpakato[Swahili Plural] mipakato[English Word] plaster[Part of Speech] noun[Class] 3/4[Derived Word] paka V------------------------------------------------------------ -
54 diferir
v.1 to postpone, to put off.2 to differ, to be different.diferir de alguien en algo to differ from somebody in somethingElla difiere de los demás She differs from the rest.Ella difiere de la opinión general She disagrees on the general opinion.3 to defer, to put off, to postpone, to delay.El aparato difiere la señal The apparatus defers the signal.* * *1 to defer, postpone, put off1 to differ, be different (de/entre, from)* * *1.2.un cheque diferido — (RPl) a postdated check
diferir via) (frml) ( diferenciarse) to differdiferir de algo — to differ o be different from something
b) (frml) ( disentir) to disagreediferir de alguien — to disagree with somebody, be at odds with somebody
* * *= be at variance, defer, differ, diverge, part + company, have + their differences, tell + a different story, disagree.Ex. I know that there ought to be someone to speak on behalf of Mr. Kilgour's point of view if it's at variance.Ex. If the fund has not yet been assigned, entering a 'no' automatically defers the order.Ex. A summary differs from an abstract in that it assumes that the reader will have the opportunity to peruse the accompanying text.Ex. However, once the multi-concept subject has been analysed into its component concepts the two systems diverge.Ex. One maxim is agreed upon by all, concepts 'important' for retrieval should be included in abstracts, but when specific criteria for their selection is devised, editors part company.Ex. While Groome and the progressives have over the years had their differences with the mayor -- to put it mildly -- one thing they are in firm agreement about is that taxes have been pushed as far as they can be.Ex. The more experienced physicians, however, told a different story about lifesaving practices in pediatrics.Ex. Although we may disagree about the fine detail, semantic relationships are the relationships between subjects, which are reasonably stable, and reflect the consensus of opinion concerning the connections between subjects.----* diferir en cantidad = differ in + degree.* diferir en cualidad = differ in + kind (from).* * *1.2.un cheque diferido — (RPl) a postdated check
diferir via) (frml) ( diferenciarse) to differdiferir de algo — to differ o be different from something
b) (frml) ( disentir) to disagreediferir de alguien — to disagree with somebody, be at odds with somebody
* * *= be at variance, defer, differ, diverge, part + company, have + their differences, tell + a different story, disagree.Ex: I know that there ought to be someone to speak on behalf of Mr. Kilgour's point of view if it's at variance.
Ex: If the fund has not yet been assigned, entering a 'no' automatically defers the order.Ex: A summary differs from an abstract in that it assumes that the reader will have the opportunity to peruse the accompanying text.Ex: However, once the multi-concept subject has been analysed into its component concepts the two systems diverge.Ex: One maxim is agreed upon by all, concepts 'important' for retrieval should be included in abstracts, but when specific criteria for their selection is devised, editors part company.Ex: While Groome and the progressives have over the years had their differences with the mayor -- to put it mildly -- one thing they are in firm agreement about is that taxes have been pushed as far as they can be.Ex: The more experienced physicians, however, told a different story about lifesaving practices in pediatrics.Ex: Although we may disagree about the fine detail, semantic relationships are the relationships between subjects, which are reasonably stable, and reflect the consensus of opinion concerning the connections between subjects.* diferir en cantidad = differ in + degree.* diferir en cualidad = differ in + kind (from).* * *vtto postpone, put offlos pagos serán diferidos hasta el 20 de mayo payments will be deferred o held over until 20th Mayun cheque diferido ( RPl); a postdated check■ diferirvisu nuevo libro difiere bastante de los anteriores his new book differs considerably from his previous ones, his new book is quite different from his previous ones2 ( frml) (disentir) to disagreetodos están de acuerdo pero yo difiero they're all in agreement but I disagreedifieren en cómo aplicar la medida they disagree o differ on how the measure should be applieddiferir DE algn to disagree WITH sb, be at odds WITH sb, be at variance WITH sb ( frml)en este aspecto diferimos de los demás in this respect we are at odds with o at variance with o we differ from the rest* * *♦ vt[posponer] to postpone, to put off;el plazo de inscripción se difiere hasta el 5 de mayo the deadline for enrolment has been extended to 5 May♦ vi1. [diferenciarse] to differ, to be different;diferir de algo/alguien (en algo) to differ from sth/sb (in sth);difería de su padre casi en todo he was different from his father in almost every way;difiere bastante de lo que entendemos por teatro it's rather different from what we understand by theatre2. [discrepar] to disagree, to differ;diferir de alguien en algo to disagree with o differ from sb on sth;difiero de ti en ese asunto I disagree with you on that issue;difiero de tu punto de vista I don't share your point of view* * *I v/t postponeII v/i differ (de from)* * *diferir {76} vtdilatar, posponer: to postpone, to put offdiferir vi: to differ -
55 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysisJAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic AssociationSE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)PQ - Psychoanalytic QuarterlyWAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)\О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts\1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
-
56 automatizado
adj.automated, robot, intelligent, automatized.past part.past participle of spanish verb: automatizar.* * *ADJ automated* * *- da adjetivo automated* * *= automated, computer-based, computer-held, computerised [computerized, -USA], machine assisted, machine-held, mechanised [mechanized, -USA], computer-stored, machine-based, computer-controlled, electronically based, computering, disintermediated, unmanned, machine-readable.Ex. These principles are being applied in an ever increasing variety of contexts, both manual and automated.Ex. It may well be that the computer-based environment of such systems may overcome many of the limitations of enumerative classification schemes in their traditional applications.Ex. For each term entering the vocabulary a record is constructed in a computer-held file.Ex. Printed title indexes which could be used as elementary subject indexes were one of the first products of computerised information retrieval systems.Ex. Her ALA activity includes having been Editor of Message from MARS, the occasional newsletter of the new RASD discussion group MARS, which stands for machine assisted Reference Service.Ex. Other indexes based on titles, both printed and machine-held, may provide access to words other than the first in a title.Ex. Mechanized systems offer a wide range of potential search strategies and searching aids.Ex. If a computer-stored controlled vocabulary is used, the assigned terms might be checked automatically and new or mistyped terms would be flagged (marked).Ex. The incorporation of such features into a system would permit us to create a machine-based catalog rather than a reference file of bibliographic records.Ex. LCSH has taken a further step forward with the use of computer-controlled typesetting.Ex. Librarians who have reservations about the spread of electronically based services are not Luddites.Ex. The 1980s have seen a significant increase in the quantity and breadth of offshore computering services -- those based in the developing countries.Ex. Database records are enhanced with links through to the full text of periodical articles, where these are available, or to the Library's disintermediated document delivery system where an online version of the article is not available.Ex. The 'strategic computing' plan announced by the United States in early 1984 envisages, among others, the use of intelligent robots (for example, to serve as ammunition loaders in tanks, or in unmanned reconnaissance and manipulating devices).Ex. 'Data base' is a term referring to machine-readable collections of information, whether numerical, representational or bibliographic.----* método automatizado = computer-based method.* semiautomatizado = partially-automated, semi-automated.* * *- da adjetivo automated* * *= automated, computer-based, computer-held, computerised [computerized, -USA], machine assisted, machine-held, mechanised [mechanized, -USA], computer-stored, machine-based, computer-controlled, electronically based, computering, disintermediated, unmanned, machine-readable.Ex: These principles are being applied in an ever increasing variety of contexts, both manual and automated.
Ex: It may well be that the computer-based environment of such systems may overcome many of the limitations of enumerative classification schemes in their traditional applications.Ex: For each term entering the vocabulary a record is constructed in a computer-held file.Ex: Printed title indexes which could be used as elementary subject indexes were one of the first products of computerised information retrieval systems.Ex: Her ALA activity includes having been Editor of Message from MARS, the occasional newsletter of the new RASD discussion group MARS, which stands for machine assisted Reference Service.Ex: Other indexes based on titles, both printed and machine-held, may provide access to words other than the first in a title.Ex: Mechanized systems offer a wide range of potential search strategies and searching aids.Ex: If a computer-stored controlled vocabulary is used, the assigned terms might be checked automatically and new or mistyped terms would be flagged (marked).Ex: The incorporation of such features into a system would permit us to create a machine-based catalog rather than a reference file of bibliographic records.Ex: LCSH has taken a further step forward with the use of computer-controlled typesetting.Ex: Librarians who have reservations about the spread of electronically based services are not Luddites.Ex: The 1980s have seen a significant increase in the quantity and breadth of offshore computering services -- those based in the developing countries.Ex: Database records are enhanced with links through to the full text of periodical articles, where these are available, or to the Library's disintermediated document delivery system where an online version of the article is not available.Ex: The 'strategic computing' plan announced by the United States in early 1984 envisages, among others, the use of intelligent robots (for example, to serve as ammunition loaders in tanks, or in unmanned reconnaissance and manipulating devices).Ex: 'Data base' is a term referring to machine-readable collections of information, whether numerical, representational or bibliographic.* método automatizado = computer-based method.* semiautomatizado = partially-automated, semi-automated.* * *automatizado -daautomated* * *
Del verbo automatizar: ( conjugate automatizar)
automatizado es:
el participio
Multiple Entries:
automatizado
automatizar
automatizado◊ -da adjetivo
automated
automatizar ( conjugate automatizar) verbo transitivo
to automate
* * *automatizado, -a adjautomated -
57 bordado
adj.embroidered, embroided.m.1 embroidering, embroidery.2 embroidery work, embroidered piece.past part.past participle of spanish verb: bordar.* * *1 embroidering, embroidery————————1→ link=bordar bordar► adjetivo1 embroidered1 embroidering, embroidery* * *SM embroidery, needlework* * *I- da adjetivo <mantel/sábana> embroideredIIsalir bordado — (Esp fam)
masculino embroidery* * *= needlework, embroidery, embroidered.Ex. She is still very much a children's book borrower with a smattering of titles taken from the applied sciences, which in Susan's case meant books on cookery and needlework.Ex. Superbly decorated bindings have been carefully preserved from the medieval period up to the present day, not only in tooled leather, but also in wood and metal (sometimes carved or jewelled), in cloth and embroidery, and in pierced or painted vellum.Ex. The eight pieces are an embroidered saddle, two matching pistol-cases, an embroidered baldric, a buff coat, two felt hats, and a shoe.----* bordado de encaje = lacework.* bordado sin costuras = needlepoint lace.* * *I- da adjetivo <mantel/sábana> embroideredIIsalir bordado — (Esp fam)
masculino embroidery* * *= needlework, embroidery, embroidered.Ex: She is still very much a children's book borrower with a smattering of titles taken from the applied sciences, which in Susan's case meant books on cookery and needlework.
Ex: Superbly decorated bindings have been carefully preserved from the medieval period up to the present day, not only in tooled leather, but also in wood and metal (sometimes carved or jewelled), in cloth and embroidery, and in pierced or painted vellum.Ex: The eight pieces are an embroidered saddle, two matching pistol-cases, an embroidered baldric, a buff coat, two felt hats, and a shoe.* bordado de encaje = lacework.* bordado sin costuras = needlepoint lace.* * *‹mantel/sábana› embroideredbajamos de un tren y subimos al otro, nos salió bordado things worked out really well o ( BrE colloq) everything worked a treat, we got off one train and straight onto the other oneembroidery* * *
Del verbo bordar: ( conjugate bordar)
bordado es:
el participio
Multiple Entries:
bordado
bordar
bordado 1◊ -da adjetivo ‹mantel/sábana› embroidered
bordado 2 sustantivo masculino
embroidery
bordar ( conjugate bordar) verbo transitivo ‹sábana/blusa› to embroider;
lo bordó a mano she embroidered it by hand
bordado,-a
I adjetivo
1 (perfecto) perfect: la traducción me quedó bordada, I made an absolutely perfect job of that translation
2 Cost embroidered
II m Cost embroidery
bordar verbo transitivo
1 (una interpretación, un trabajo) to do excellently
2 Cost to embroider
' bordado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bordada
- primor
- deshacer
- trabajado
English:
embroidery
- needlework
* * *bordado, -a♦ adj1. [tela] embroideredel discurso/examen le salió bordado his speech/the exam went like a dream♦ nmembroidery* * *I adj embroidered;bordado a mano hand-embroideredII m embroidery* * *bordado nm: embroidery, needlework* * * -
58 contribución
f.1 contribution, donation, aid, help.2 tax, cessment, tribute, impost.* * *1 contribution2 (impuesto) tax\poner a contribución to use, draw oncontribución territorial land taxcontribución urbana rates plural* * *noun f.* * *SF1) (=colaboración) contributionsu contribución a la victoria — his contribution to the victory, his part in the victory
poner a contribución — to make use of, put to use
2) (Econ) taxpl contribuciones taxes, taxation singexento de contribuciones — tax-free, tax-exempt (EEUU)
* * *femenino (colaboración, donación) contribution; (Fisco) tax* * *= contribution, contribution, paper, pooling, rate, submission, addition, tribute.Ex. A further contribution to the international bibliographical control of serials was the CONSER Project (Conversion of Serials).Ex. The major difference is that a periodical index relates to a number of issues and to contributions from a number of different authors.Ex. In particular, a data base may be concerned to list separately individual periodical articles and single papers in conference proceedings.Ex. In this area members of co-operatives have benefited greatly from the general pooling of expertise.Ex. There will be special rates for additional services such as SDI or document delivery.Ex. Most commercial abstracting services rely upon the refereeing procedure applied to the original document in order to eliminate insignificant and inaccurate submissions.Ex. The inheritance from the master becomes, not only his additions to the world's record, but for his disciples the entire scaffolding by which they were erected.Ex. In this case, after collecting tributes from places that could be reached by sea, the commander of the expedition marched inland.----* contribución a la investigación = research contribution.* contribución a un debate = input to a debate.* contribución de ideas = input of ideas.* contribución municipal = council tax, local rates, real estate tax, real estate property tax.* contribución urbana = local tax rates, tax rates, local rates, local taxes, council tax, tax rates, real estate tax, real estate property tax.* devolución de la contribución municipal = rates rebate.* hacer una contribución = make + a contribution.* identificación bibliográfica y de copyright de la contribución = catch line.* presentar una contribución = present + contribution.* recabar + contribución = solicit + contribution.* * *femenino (colaboración, donación) contribution; (Fisco) tax* * *= contribution, contribution, paper, pooling, rate, submission, addition, tribute.Ex: A further contribution to the international bibliographical control of serials was the CONSER Project (Conversion of Serials).
Ex: The major difference is that a periodical index relates to a number of issues and to contributions from a number of different authors.Ex: In particular, a data base may be concerned to list separately individual periodical articles and single papers in conference proceedings.Ex: In this area members of co-operatives have benefited greatly from the general pooling of expertise.Ex: There will be special rates for additional services such as SDI or document delivery.Ex: Most commercial abstracting services rely upon the refereeing procedure applied to the original document in order to eliminate insignificant and inaccurate submissions.Ex: The inheritance from the master becomes, not only his additions to the world's record, but for his disciples the entire scaffolding by which they were erected.Ex: In this case, after collecting tributes from places that could be reached by sea, the commander of the expedition marched inland.* contribución a la investigación = research contribution.* contribución a un debate = input to a debate.* contribución de ideas = input of ideas.* contribución municipal = council tax, local rates, real estate tax, real estate property tax.* contribución urbana = local tax rates, tax rates, local rates, local taxes, council tax, tax rates, real estate tax, real estate property tax.* devolución de la contribución municipal = rates rebate.* hacer una contribución = make + a contribution.* identificación bibliográfica y de copyright de la contribución = catch line.* presentar una contribución = present + contribution.* recabar + contribución = solicit + contribution.* * *1 (colaboración) contribution2 (donación) donation, contribution3 ( Fisco) taxCompuestos:local property tax, ≈ council tax ( in UK)* * *
contribución sustantivo femenino (colaboración, donación) contribution;
(Fisco) tax
contribución sustantivo femenino
1 (participación) contribution
2 (impuesto) tax
' contribución' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
aportación
- coperacha
- excepcional
- extraordinario
English:
contribution
- rate
- council
- toward
* * *contribución nf1. [aporte] contribution2. [impuesto] tax;contribución directa/indirecta direct/indirect tax;contribuciones taxes, taxation;exento de contribuciones tax-exemptcontribución urbana = tax for local services, Br ≈ council tax* * *f1 contribution2 ( impuesto) tax* * ** * *contribución n contribution -
59 cristalizado
adj.crystallized, crystallised.past part.past participle of spanish verb: cristalizar.* * *= crystallised [crystallized, -USA].Ex. How much of the crystallised water is detected depends very much on the conditions applied.----* fruta cristalizada = crystallised fruit.* * *= crystallised [crystallized, -USA].Ex: How much of the crystallised water is detected depends very much on the conditions applied.
* fruta cristalizada = crystallised fruit. -
60 disparatado
adj.nonsensical, irrational, absurd, meaningless.past part.past participle of spanish verb: disparatar.* * *1→ link=disparatar disparatar► adjetivo1 absurd, foolish, ridiculous* * *(f. - disparatada)adj.* * *ADJ crazy, nonsensical* * *- da adjetivo <acto/proyecto/idea> crazy, ludicrous; <gasto/precio> outrageous, ridiculous, excessive* * *= off-the-wall, high-flying, screwy [screwier -comp., screwiest -sup.], harebrained, nonsensical.Ex. 'I hope this doesn't sound like an off-the-wall remark but have you ever heard of or read anything about the so called mid-life crisis?'.Ex. I do have to add, however, that this rapid character drawing was a touch spoiled by the bathos of Slake's high-flying style.Ex. This is the newspaper that ran a lengthy article about LaRouche's screwy assertion that the greenhouse effect doesn't exist and that the ozone layer is not disappearing.Ex. Then one day she finds herself shooting the moon with a scheme so harebrained and daring that it just might succeed.Ex. Parental protectiveness of children is surely a good thing if sensibly applied, but this nonsensical double standard doesn't help anyone.* * *- da adjetivo <acto/proyecto/idea> crazy, ludicrous; <gasto/precio> outrageous, ridiculous, excessive* * *= off-the-wall, high-flying, screwy [screwier -comp., screwiest -sup.], harebrained, nonsensical.Ex: 'I hope this doesn't sound like an off-the-wall remark but have you ever heard of or read anything about the so called mid-life crisis?'.
Ex: I do have to add, however, that this rapid character drawing was a touch spoiled by the bathos of Slake's high-flying style.Ex: This is the newspaper that ran a lengthy article about LaRouche's screwy assertion that the greenhouse effect doesn't exist and that the ozone layer is not disappearing.Ex: Then one day she finds herself shooting the moon with a scheme so harebrained and daring that it just might succeed.Ex: Parental protectiveness of children is surely a good thing if sensibly applied, but this nonsensical double standard doesn't help anyone.* * *disparatado -da1 ‹acto/proyecto/idea› crazy, ludicrous, absurd, ridiculous2 ‹gasto/precio› outrageous, ridiculous, excessive* * *
Del verbo disparatar: ( conjugate disparatar)
disparatado es:
el participio
disparatado
‹gasto/precio› outrageous, ridiculous
disparatado,-a adjetivo absurd
' disparatado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
disparatada
- peregrina
- peregrino
English:
crazy
- mad
- wild
- cockeyed
- nonsensical
* * *disparatado, -a adjabsurd, crazy;precios disparatados ridiculous o crazy prices;una disparatada comedia de Brooks a screwball comedy by Brooks* * *adj fig famabsurd, crazy fam* * *disparatado, -da adjabsurdo, ridículo: absurd, ridiculous, crazy
Страницы
См. также в других словарях:
Applied mathematics — is a branch of mathematics that concerns itself with the mathematical techniques typically used in the application of mathematical knowledge to other domains.Divisions of applied mathematicsThere is no consensus of what the various branches of… … Wikipedia
Applied Radiation and Isotopes — Titre abrégé Appl. Radiat. Isot. Discipline Chimie nucléaire Langue Anglais … Wikipédia en Français
part# — part n Part, portion, piece, detail, member, division, section, segment, sector, fraction, fragment, parcel are comparable when they mean something which is less than the whole but which actually is or is considered as if apart from the rest of… … New Dictionary of Synonyms
Applied behavior analysis — (ABA) is the science of applying experimentally derived principles of behavior to improve socially significant behavior. ABA takes what we know about behavior and uses it to bring about positive change (Applied). Behaviors are defined in… … Wikipedia
Applied linguistics — is an interdisciplinary field of study that identifies, investigates, and offers solutions to language related real life problems. Some of the academic fields related to applied linguistics are education, linguistics, psychology, anthropology,… … Wikipedia
Applied Biosystems — Applied Biosystems, Inc. (formerly nasdaq2|ABIO) is the original name of a pioneer biotechnology company founded in 1981 in Foster City, California, in the San Francisco Bay Area. [http://marketing.appliedbiosystems.com/mk/get/25YRSEMS HERRITAGE… … Wikipedia
Applied Spectroscopy — Titre abrégé Appl. Spectrosc. Discipline Spectroscopie Langue … Wikipédia en Français
Applied Spectroscopy Reviews — Titre abrégé Appl. Spectrosc. Rev. Discipline Spectroscopie … Wikipédia en Français
Applied academics — is an approach to learning and teaching that focuses on how (communications, mathematics, science, and basic literacy) can apply to the real world.cite web url=http://www.hocking.edu/ aaffairs/GLOSSARY.HTML title=Glossary publisher=Hocking… … Wikipedia
Applied Organometallic Chemistry — Titre abrégé Appl. Organomet. Chem. Discipline Chimie organométallique … Wikipédia en Français
Applied research — Applied research: is research accessing and using some part of the research communities (the academy s) accumulated theories, knowledge, methods, and techniques, for a specific, often state, commercial, or client driven purpose. Applied research… … Wikipedia
